Let’s talk about the eight unexpected benefits of iodine. Now, iodine is this trace mineral. Now, you don’t need a lot of it, but you definitely need the right amount. And if you don’t have the right amount, all sorts of things can happen in your body simply because every single cell in the entire body needs iodine, not just the thyroid. Now, your thyroid is the iodine hog. It’ll tend to suck up a lot of the iodine that you have and not leave much for anything else. So just because your thyroid is working and you don’t have any thyroid symptoms doesn’t mean you have ample amounts of iodine. So it’s not just about having adequate amounts of iodine. It’s about having enough for all of your cells. And unfortunately the current um RDAs for iodine are way too low. It’s recommended that we need about 150 micrograms per day. But people in Japan which have very low rates of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer are consuming 100 times that amount. But it’s mainly from seekalp because seekalp is one of the best sources of iodine. Now I want to be totally transparent with you. I do have a Dr. Berg brand seekp. And yes, I do have a very strong bias on my own brand as far as the quality and where it’s sourced from. But here’s my point. A lot of people are deficient in iodine and unfortunately it’s just not in our foods anymore unless you’re consuming foods from the ocean like shellfish or sea kelp like seaweed etc. Now there’s a really simple way to determine if you’re deficient in iodine. Simply go to your local drugstore and get a little bottle of iodine and some cotton balls. Okay? And then what you do is you take a little iodine, put it on a cotton ball, and rub it either on the inside of your upper arm or your forearm or the inside of your leg roughly in about a 2 in diameter. Now, make sure it doesn’t touch your other clothes because it can stain your other clothes. And you could put a band-aid over it if you want, but if you’re deficient, within 1 hour, it’ll be gone. The stain will be gone because your skin absorbs it. So, if after an hour it’s still like orang-ish yellow, then you’re usually not deficient. But I would say probably over a billion people on this planet have an iodine deficiency and a lot more of them have a subclinical iodine deficiency. That might not show up um if people are just focusing on the thyroid symptoms. I mean, our bodies utilize iodine for many different reasons. Um, one really uh interesting way it uses iodine is detoxifying mercury, lead. When you get enough iodine and you’re exposed to lead and mercury, you’ll see higher levels coming through the urine because your body’s able to get rid of it. Also, in your body’s ability to detoxify fluoride and broomemide, okay, which is in a lot of the flour products, which has the ability to deplete iodine. But of course, if you’ve been watching my videos, you don’t have to worry about that because you’re not consuming refined grains. So, what I want to do with this video is show you all the unexpected benefits of having sufficient iodine that really don’t have a lot to do with the thyroid. Okay. Number one, its ability to shrink cysts. Okay. Cysts that are developing in the breast tissue like in fibrocystic breast, cyst on the ovaries, cyst in your uterus, and of course, cyst even on the thyroid. These cysts that are created uh if they just don’t have enough iodine over time they develop into nodules and they can also develop into cancer. That’s why iodine has anti-cancer properties and iodine is really good at regulating um estrogen dominance. You have too much estrogen. iodine can help bring that down to a normal level. Okay. Number two, I’ve done a whole video on this. Iodine helps to reduce the size of skin tags and warts. If you haven’t seen my video on that, I put that down below. All right, next one is in its ability to help break down um connective tissue in a condition called duperton’s contraure. That’s a situation where you have scar tissue on some of your tendons and your finger and your finger is just like stuck. you’d want to put topical iodine on there each day and within about a month you should see some pretty good results and that relates to the next benefit uh scar regeneration. So let’s say for example you have a koid or some surgical scar and you put iodine into that scar each day over a period of about a month, you’re going to see some pretty cool results. You might even see hair growth that occurs right over the scar. Now, if you’re concerned about uh it staining your skin, they do have a type of iodine that is clear that doesn’t stain your skin, but iodine helps break down scar tissue. All right, the next unexpected benefit would be on your mood. If you have depression, iodine many times can improve it. Now, they don’t know exactly why. It could be because it’s improving your thyroid gland which can bring up your mood or it could be involved in certain um neurotransmitters in your brain. They don’t know but iodine can actually bring you up moodwise. All right, next one. It can help shrink uh stones in your parotted glands. Now, your parotic gland helps you make saliva. So, having enough iodine can even prevent those stones from occurring. Iodine can help reduce hot flashes as well as heavy menstrual cycles because of what it does to estrogen. It helps to balance estrogen. And last very cool effect is it can help reduce cystic acne, which by the way is many times related to too much estrogen.
Author: davenkross2026
-
08/22/2026 – Clone These FREE AI Employees to Scale Your Business – Sandy Lee AI
So I built 178 AI agent only using clock code and once the clock code is done with the work I get notification through discord like this on a daily basis. The best part of this AI agent is that you can use this on your phone and you don’t have to use any of the other tools other than cloud code. And honestly before I set this up I use Hermes I use open claw but the problem of that is I was keep using AI so much. It’s constant back and forth as if I have a new friend. I was too addicted to my phone. So instead of setting that up, I built the automation, complete automation system with cloud code, but I want to get just update as if they’re my real agent who’s working for me. So once the actual automation is done, then they’re going to give me the real update afterwards. That’s all I need. This literally saves so much time. So in this video, I’m going to share the whole workflow with you. how this works, what is the thought process behind this whole setup. And not only that, I’ll walk you through step by step how you can also build AI agent for your business where you can build this for your future clients so that they can save time for their business. So without further ado, let’s get straight into this. Before I explain the whole setup, this is literally what I’ve been working on in the past couple of months, which is cloud code. So cloth code is great but one of the problem of cloth code is it looks too confusing for those people who are just getting started. So, as an example, when my mom saw this, she’s like, “Oh, this [clears throat] looks too complicated. I’m just going to take a nap.” That’s what she told me. And when I first saw my friend using this, I’m like, “This is not my thing. I’m not a coder. Me and technology were not friends.” That’s what I told my friend. Honestly, Quad Code has been the game changer when it comes to running my business. I vibe coded my apps, Le Studio, and I was able to create a lot of different content using my AI agents using Quad Code. Obviously, I’m the brain behind it. So, my creativity, my thought goes behind. But any other repetitive work, simple task, clock did it for me. What I’m trying to tell you is this thing right here saved me so much time. And I feel like the only reason why I was able to run my business on top of my full-time work as a side hustle as well as taking care of my kids is because of AI. So, I’m just forever grateful. But the problem happened. The more I use cloud code, the more projects I wanted to start. And the more projects I started, the more task that was involved in it. So, keeping track of every single tab over here, I don’t know if you realize, but I have a lot of different tabs in here. Even here, that was very overwhelming. I was to a point I’m like, I need to make six different tabs in here. Yeah, that was a lot. And you can argue maybe I can open terminal but even that opening terminal I had to open terminal like multiple terminal. So this tap right here I had a lot in my laptop. That was too overwhelming to a point. I’m pretty sure I have ADD but I think I probably worsened my ADD because of this and that was what’s happening literally. One of my friend told me about this command center how he set it up. His name is Mateo and actually podcast is coming up soon. He’s going to show us the exact setup how he use it, which is a lot more advanced than mine. Mine is clock AI agent 101 versus his is like maybe 2011 or 301. So, I’m excited for the podcast to come out because you’re going to learn so much from that. He told me about this command center. Pretty much what it is is this is literally the same thing as this what I have in here. So, pretty much what it is is I have a bunch of AI agent who’s doing the work for me. So, as an example, one of the AI agent, they’re running podcast for my series. And some of you guys might know, but I started podcast pretty recently and I wanted to make sure that’s not only on YouTube, but on other platforms as well. I wanted to mainly put it on Apple podcast because I use that a lot. But in order for me to do that, I had to create in a third party platform like Spotify for creators. But finding everything in here, that was a lot of work. like I have to sign up here and then put it in the right format and then do this and that. That was way too much work to a point I just asked Quad Code, can you help? Please help me out. And now what Lily, which is my AI agent’s name, what Lily is doing is Lily is checking a podcast for my channel right here and to see what are some of the things that I have posted in my podcast and if something is missing. Lily is literally checking on daily basis and to see if something’s missing, then it’s going to go to this podcast platform, fill the information out, and then eventually it’s going to be on my Apple podcast. So if you go over here on the Apple podcast, you see my thing over here, the my podcast. Yeah, it’s great. And honestly, I have not touched this at all. Like this is all AI agent doing the work for me. And that’s the beauty of AI agent. The only reason why I was able to repurpose my videos, edit the video, and then go out there is because of these AI agents. So I’m forever grateful for that. So, it’s definitely helping me to go in multiple different platforms like Substack that I have as well. It’s repurposing my video from my YouTube to Substack. Now, like notes section, I have to come up with this. I haven’t done that just yet. I will so that it’s more personal, but it’s just helping me with my business a ton. So the thought behind this is instead of using cloud code on anti-gravity IDE or even cloud code from the app I’m using literally cloud code using terminal but I have put all the terminal in one place which is called a command center so it’s easier for me to navigate. So instead of having bunch of different terminal on my laptop everything is in one place. Now you may argue hey Sandy their claw code does have remote control setting button. Yes, they do. And it’s a great feature. You can definitely use that too. I just personally like the setup of command center and using it through terminal instead of this. There is just a lot more capability that you can use. And for me, I don’t know why, but whenever I use on the app, it has a little bit more restriction, I would say, in terms of the bypass permission mode. So that’s the reason why I prefer using it on terminal or anti-gravity IDE whenever I’m using this. So what you’re going to do is literally open a cloud code and ask this I want you to make a command center that has different AI agents and make it accessible using my phone and laptop and make sure to put passwords as security feature is in there. That’s why you want to ask and this is the most important thing which is the security feature so nobody has access to it but if you did that then cloud code will ask a couple different questions and obviously when it comes to AI agent I want you to create AI agent that is going to work for you so instead of downloading people’s AI agents which is one of the fastest way you can probably use and try to change into your own style what are some of the repetitive tasks that I’m currently doing that AI agent can help me out to master the process process and I can automate this. So as an example, one of the agent that I’m actively using is Meta Agent because recently I’ve talked to multiple different business owners and they all talk about how they use ad to advertise their you know whether school community or the app they’re building and they talked about the return on investment and then they asked me hey are you using any advertisement on Google or Facebook and silence obviously I wasn’t using any of that everything that I have was organic and to be honest, in the past I’ve used it for my other channels, which is speaking Korean to Spanish speakers, but like I think I spent overall 200 bucks or something. So, it was nothing. It was nothing compared to how people are spending millions of dollars on Facebook ad. And I thought to myself, okay, am I feeling FOMO here? Where do I even start? So, that’s my AI agent right there. Told Cloud Code where I’m at, here’s my understanding. I want you to copy how other businesses do it and get inspired by them and come to me how I can actually use some of the method for my own business and and AI agent is doing really well. So here’s what I wanted with Facebook ad. I wanted to use it for Facebook as well as Instagram. And one of the things that I’ve been working on is setting things up so that I can retarget the people who visited my site. Whether that’s sleep studio they wanted to use, they probably wanted to create content in an easier way. So they visited my site, so I know these people or they wanted to join my community and see how my community works. Either way, I what I really wanted to do is retarget those people who visit here and that way I can kind of follow them wherever they go. You know how you talk about one thing and then you search one thing and then like that thing is following you the whole time? That kind of creepy marketing strategy. Yeah, that’s the one that I’ve been trying to study and try to do because I swear everybody doesn’t. I didn’t know it existed to be honest. I’m not the ad person, but I know how effective it is. How I know how powerful it is. So, as an example, what you want to do is you want to search your competitor’s ad. What I mean by that is you want to see what they’re actually creating and see if you can try to get inspired by them and make it better, make it your style, but you want to see what’s actually working for the audience because they’ve done a lot of research and you don’t want to copy it exactly the same to make sure you don’t sound and look like a copycat. But getting inspired by it is such a helpful way. That’s literally what they’re doing as well. That’s one one of the ways you can do and one of the best way my favorite way to go is go to Facebook and search for the company that you think they’re your competitor or you want to get inspired by them. In this case, I just chose Coca-Cola for no reason. Uh I do know they use a lot of AI, so I wanted to see what their ad looks like. But where you want to go is go to about, click that, and click page transparency right here and then click see all. If you scroll all the way down, you will you will see ads from this page. Go to ad library right here. And this is pretty interesting because Coca-Cola is not doing any of the advertisement anymore according to this. At least this one, the Coca-Cola company. Maybe there’s different one, but it said there’s no active ad. So I just click inactive and you can see in the past what they’ve done. So as an example, you can watch one of the ad over here and see how this goes. I know this was 3 years ago. So just keep that in mind. This probably is not as good, but [music]
super simple. This is probably the thing that you don’t want to make similar to this style because it’s old ad. But you get the point. You’re getting the idea. You’re try to see what’s working and what’s not working. Where you want to go next is go to hickfield.ai, click this marketing studio over here. And this is one of the go-to place when it comes to creating different ad for your video. Now it has a lot of different style that you can put literally your image of your product and then create it. Now if you don’t have a physical product and you have a app or you have services that’s totally fine too. It also has style called like poster. A lot of advertisers they also use this as well or like the marketplace. You can try to see how that would fit in. This one looks like this is ASMR video right here. and maybe another what’s in my bag video and the interview video kind of make it fun and also this style for the app product lot motion also works too. So this is where you can go and try to get inspired by how can I create different marketing image and product and honestly motion I think is my favorite so far just because it matches with my vibe. I really like the ad kind of in the back in the century type of vibe but also clean look. This is pretty cool, too. I actually really like that part of motion. So, play around. Obviously, this is just examples that you can use, but you want to create something that your style that matches with your brand kit for your business. So, I’ve been playing around to create the best ad for my Facebook before it actually launch. It’s going to launch pretty soon, by the way. Um, if you want to see my next video of how my Facebook ad is going, let me know in the comment. just write Facebook and that way I know your interest you want to see it or not. But this is literally what Cloud Code has made it using Hickfield MCP. Now if you don’t know what Hickfield MCP is pretty simple instead of going to this platform straight what you can do is you can connect Hickfield using cloud code using this code right here. Just simply copy it and then put it on your cloud code right here like that. And after going back and forth here and there, Cloud Code has made about four different videos for me, as well as a couple images that I can use. And one of the best thing that I would say is it literally grabbed my brand kit. I didn’t even tell them what my brand kit looks like, but I just told them what my website looks like, which is this. And it grabbed the color, the correct color for my brand, which is super simple, but it did that over here. It looks pretty cool. So, let’s take a look at what they’ve got for us. Okay, first of all, I like this animation. So far, it’s it’s really good. Look at this. The animation itself
that I’m satisfied with this. That’s good enough. Just be mindful making this. If you were to hire somebody, yeah, probably it could have been a little bit better, but it probably the time the cost wise is probably 10x. This one was super simple to make. And the best part is the part that you don’t really like, you can always change it. That is the best part. and you can make it better. So the more reference that you have, the cloud code is going to use it better using HLM MCP and it’s just going to look a lot better. So that’s one thing that I want to make sure that you know like do you want to do this? It looks so funny. Yeah, I think I like the first one the best. Yeah, look at the intro. Staring at a blank content calendar. There is a system for that. Me sleep studio. Oh my gosh, that is so funny. But okay, overall I’m pretty satisfied with it. I know you may think that it’s not as good, which that is the part that you can change it and you can customize it. You can you can change as much as you want. This was just my first round. That’s literally what it is. Uh which is perfect. Turn your one video into six different post. YouTube to Yeah, that’s my LinkedIn one that I have in Slee Studio. So, I’ll be sharing how you can set that up for yourself so you don’t have to spend a ton of time on this and I’ll be putting that under resources right here. Either it can be under community exclusive or it can be um the skills by Sandy. So, you can check that out here. And if you want to create your own MD file for cloud code and I’ll put that in the description below. I’ll put in the notion documentation so you can customize it and then build your own as well. And once you’re done setting up, make sure that you have it connected whether you’re using Slack or Discord. I personally use this cord a lot compared to Slack. That’s the reason why I’m using this and it’s pretty easy setup too. If you want to set this up, have Cloud Code set it up for you. So, there is a tool called Playriter, playwriter.dev, and you can literally set anything for you. It’s been a game changer for me and I absolutely love it. And another thing that I wanted to mention is that I don’t close my laptop anymore. That’s one thing I wanted to mention. Now, if you use VPS, then you can close your laptop and use it from there. But VPS is very limited when it comes to the cloud code remotely, and I didn’t really want that. I wanted to have a full access. Maybe the amount of money I’m spending using VPS versus leaving my laptop open all the time, it’s pretty much around the same based on what I concluded. Maybe this is a little bit cheaper, honestly. And if you are curious how you can leave your laptop open, literally you ask cloud code to do it for you and then it’s going to create one of the little software system for you. Pretty much took me like 5 minutes to just prompt and accept couple different settings and that’s it. So that’s one of the thing I wanted to let you know. If you have any questions about how do I do this that always get a habit of asking clock codes straight because this is one of the skills that we can always learn which is going back to AI and asking AI what is the next step what is the next process that we can use because again having AI agent literally was a game changer.
-
08/21/2026 – Forget After Effects – Claude + CapCut is the Only Editing Stack You Need
What you just watched, every cut, every animation, and every transition was created by Claude within Cap Cut in less than 20 minutes. So far, there honestly hasn’t been a single edit or really a single thing that this combination couldn’t handle. But to get it to this point, I’ve spent weeks of trial and error and a ton of credits. But that way, you won’t have to. So, in this video, I’m going to tell you everything you need to know to create stunning videos with color grading, motion design, and animation. And the best part is that it’ll all be done by AI. So, here’s the plan. I took one RAW video, and by the end of this tutorial, we will transform it completely. Every improvement goes into a different part of the same video. So, watch the before and make sure to stick around for the after. So, first, you’ll need to install Claude on your computer. And in the previous video, we talked about how to use one of Claude’s features called design to create highquality motion effects. Today, we’re going to talk about another killer combination of Claude, Cap Cut, and Clot. So, if you don’t have Claude yet, make sure to go to Claudeai and download the app for Mac or PC. If you don’t have Cap Cut, you’ll need to do the same. Now, let’s jump back to Claude. When you log in for the first time, it’ll likely appear exactly as you see on my screen. So, previously when I shot this video, we threw together a rough edit, and honestly, it looked bad. Flat colors, no life in it. Now, normally this is where you’d give up or you’d hire a colorist. But instead, we’re going to fix the color foundation and we’re going to do it right inside of Clot. So, let’s take our single timeline, drop the raw footage in, and look at the first problem. Now, every editor knows the pain of spending hours tweaking color wheels just to fix flat log footage only for it to still look washed out. This is where we will need LUT. LUT is an instruction file that tells the program to replace each color in the picture with a different one. For example, make this shade of blue a little warmer, these shadows are greenish, the skin is softer, etc. We need an LUT particularly because it’s the only way to package an entire color grade into a single small file that Claude can generate from using a text prompt or any editor like Cap Cut which can instantly apply it to your footage. So all that I need to do is ask please generate a clean soft pastel LUT file for my YouTube videos cinematic [music] and clean. Then I just click send. Now, after generating, Claude gives you a summary of the look. Lifted shadows, subtle teal and peach split toning, reduced saturation, low contrast, ultimately a clean studio aesthetic with friendly skin tones. Now, if you go a bit further, you’ll find the actual file. Click on it and then find the arrow and choose download. Save the file to your downloads folder or really any preferred location. So, let’s click save. And since I’ve already generated the file, I’m just going to click replace. Now, in Cap Cut, go to adjustment and select LUT. Then click import to find and open the cube file. [music] This imports it into Cap Cut for your project. Next, we’ll click the plus icon to add a new layer to the timeline, which you can extend over your footage. Switching it on and off will show the filter applied to your footage. Now, I felt like it was a bit too intense, so I adjusted the selection to about 50%. That looks great. Claude’s main strength lies in its precise adjustment capabilities. For instance, I dislike the shadow in this design because it clashed with the clean look. I requested Claude to create a version without the teal, and the difference was evident. Now, setting this to 50% produced a gentle pastel studio vibe. So, that’s the entire base video graded. Now that the whole timeline looks clean, we can start layering effects on top of specific moments. Now that the color of our video looks great, let’s take it one step further and make it even better by adding some visualization. Now, usually doing a dynamic counting animation means manually placing hundreds of key frames in in After Effects or buying a bunch of templates that ultimately break your project file. Now, the first moment that I want to upgrade is right here. The part of the video where I talk about numbers. A static number on screen is boring. So, let’s make it count up. For example, do you guys remember in the Mr. Beast videos when the dollar icon wildly spins up? That’s the kind of effect that I want to achieve in this part of video, but without After Effects. Now, all that we need is an SRT file. This is an ordinary text file. So, let’s navigate to Claude and paste in our prompt. All it says is, “Generate an SRT file for me with numbers counting from 0 to 600. Make each subtitle 0.1 seconds long and add a dollar sign in front of each. Now let’s go ahead and click send. Once you’ve completed this, just like with the LUT, click on the file, find the arrow, and select download. [music] Save it to your downloads folder and then open Cap Cut and drag the SRT file directly onto your timeline. Zooming into the timeline reveals how many small subtitle clips are being created. Now, the great part is you can customize all of these directly in Cap Cut. Then you can adjust the font size, change it, or even modify the color. But you can see an issue. It’s way too long for our timeline. So, staying selected on all of them. I’m going to create a compound clip. What this does is it groups all of our subtitles together. In this compound clip, I can then go to speed and let’s ramp up the maker speed to make it a lot shorter. think I’ll be going for 10 times shorter. Now I can reposition that to whatever I want. [music] And if we play that, then you can see that we have this really premium looking numbers counting effect. Usually to make this by hand, it would take about an hour, but we’ve been able to do it in just 2 minutes. But there’s one last bonus trick. If I wanted to hold on to, let’s say, 600, if that’s the point I’m making in my video, then I need to go ahead and doubleclick into that compound clip to access my subtitle files. And what I’m going to do is drag that individual layer a lot longer. So then I can go back to my compound clip and let’s go ahead and drag it. Now when it reaches the end of our numbers, you’ll see that it pauses for a few seconds at that 600 mark. All right. So far we’ve fixed the colors and we’ve added the counter to our clip. Now, we’re entering the territory where After Effects usually eats away all of your RAM, crashes at 99% render, or demands another purchase of Adobe services just to keep working. Everything we’ve upgraded so far has been relatively easy. But the next three effects, the intro background, the explainer graphics, and the outro map, need heavier tooling. So, let’s set them up once and then knock out the rest of this video. [music] Now, in this segment, I’m going to demonstrate how to create more complex and applied motion effects. So, I’ll break down how to install them and how to get ready for the generation. For the upcoming steps, we’ll need to use Claude Code for handling code or systems files. Now, if you’re on the free version, you’ll only see the chat option, but if you upgrade to the pro plan at $17 a month, you’re going to gain access to co-work and cloud code. We’ll be using Cloud Code for this next set of tricks. Once you have Cloud Code, the next step is installing Remotion, a tool that gives Claude all the knowledge it needs to create stunning motion graphics. But before that, we’ll need one extra app, Node.js. So, click the download link that I’ve left in the description, select get Node.js, and install it. This is what your computer needs to run Remotion. So, next, let’s open Claude and paste the phrase npx create video at sign latest. Choose bypass permissions so Claude can automatically install everything it needs without asking you and then simply press enter. Now if a prompt appears as code, just copy it and paste it into the terminal. [music] Since I’ve already got a project on my computer, it’ll show a file path with a complete remotion template. But on your first install, it’s going to ask you to create a folder where all of your Remotion projects will be saved. Now, if you’re confused at any point, simply ask Claude, “Hey, I don’t get what we’re doing right now. Can you please help me install this?” Now, after the installation, type the following and press enter. What this does is installs the additional packages and dependencies that optimize Remotion’s performance. What you’re going to see is 562 packages installed. Now, with Remotion set up, a wide range of creative possibilities open [music] up. You can truly create anything that you envision. All right, everything is set up. So, let’s go ahead and get generating. Now, we’re going to start with the intro to our video. Right now, it opens on a plain frame. Let’s replace that with a premium motion background. We’ll begin by creating some highquality motion backgrounds. First, I went ahead and visited Pinterest, which is a great resource because you can search terms like gradient background or gradient figures to find highquality references. I especially like this one right here. So, let’s go ahead and download it as an asset. Then, we’ll switch over to Claude. Make sure that again you’re using Claude Code. Create a new session and drag the image directly into the chat. This lets Claude view the screenshot or image as a reference. Next, we’ll paste my motion background prompt into the command bar. If you’d like to access all these prompts, there’s a link in the description below that you can use to follow along. Basically, the instruction is to use the motion skill to transform this into an attractive motion background without altering the colors, textures, or the overall appearance. It should look like a premium motion background. Additionally, I requested Claude to rotate the image 90° and set the aspect ratio to 16×9. This entire project should have a duration of only 10 seconds. What you’re going to do, just like we did with our installations, is go to accept edits and say bypass permissions. You don’t need to be on Fable 5 since it’s super expensive. So, you can go ahead and select lower models. Let me walk you through what this process first does. It’s super important to make all the manipulations and to insert all of your references into cloud code, not the regular chat. Now, it’s going to show you something like running the skillotion best practices and it’ll state that it’s using Remotion. Now, if it doesn’t say that, make sure to revisit the session where you installed Remotion and ask Claude. If you followed my steps so far, you should have successfully installed Remotion directly into Claude. There we go. Now that it’s finished after taking a couple of tries, Claude is then going to open your browser to display a preview of the file. I’ll take a quick look and we’ll see a short full HD video, which you can actually also upgrade to 4K. The blue reference color is going to remain consistent. And scrubbing through quickly, you’ll notice that there’s been some motion added to the blue glow, resulting in this dynamic motion background. Overall, I like the generation, but I’d like to change the speed of the effect. Right now, I find it to be really slow and a bit dim. So, I’ll ask Claude to make the blue gradient move much faster, about three times. Then, [music] I just click enter. Now, the great thing about this process is that there’s no need to edit or really to know any code. You simply tell it in any language to claude and it’ll start editing the composition immediately. Now, just in 5 seconds, if we return to the web browser without reloading, you’ll notice that that orb is now moving significantly faster than before. Now, in this next segment of our video, the middle part, I’ll explain the process step by step. Now, instead of just talking, let’s visualize it with animated boxes and drop them right over the footage that we already have graded. That’s exactly why we made the background transparent earlier. Now, in this step, we’ll look at how to create motion design generations that’ll give a direct impact to your viewership. If you’re working with e-commerce or on a marketing campaign, just imagine that you need to schematically explain a very complex topic in your video using just blocks. Now, creating such a motion design typically takes around 2 hours at minimum. I’ll show you how to do it much faster [music] in just a few minutes. I began by visiting Pinterest and searching for square shaped UI boxes. I found something super aesthetic and good references. So, I downloaded the files that I liked. Next, I created a new session in Cloud Code, fed it the file, and dragged it into the session. Finally, I pasted the prompt that I used to generate that effect, the link for which you can find in the description below. [music] So, let’s quickly go through the prompt. This final line should be included in all of your creations. I didn’t add it to the motion background initially because we were just starting out, but now I’m always going to end my prompts with this line. Ask me any clarifying questions so that we nail this spoton. Now, let’s press enter. Let’s see what Claude does next. It comprehends the first part of our prompt, but some ambiguity remains about what it’s actually going to generate. So, here we go. It begins by providing a list of questions using Remotion to guide these questions which we can then answer. So let’s go ahead and respond to them. Let’s go ahead and stack these vertically. For that I’m going to say sequential start. So 1 2 3 4 5. And they’re all going to appear in kind of a staggered order. [music] Yes. Let’s do text only. We’re going to use this in a horizontal video. If you wanted to use it in a vertical video, you could obviously type 1080 by 1920. I’m going to say hold and then fade at the end. I’m also going to add while they’re holding, add some motion to the boxes. Let’s clarify the motion that we want. Add some subtle smooth motion to the boxes. That’s good. Let’s stick with pure black for now. So, now that we’ve taken the time to answer its questions, you can see that it’s taking the time to do some final self- auditing and sanity checks. That’s the amazing thing about Claude. It kind of selfch checkcks what it’s [music] created. Now, obviously, we do sometimes have to do some manual tweaking. This pop-up that’s just shown is now actually really important because what I didn’t do is at the bottom left here where it says accept edits. I didn’t say bypass permissions. So, because of that, Claude is now asking us if it’s okay to do things. It wants to check the PNG file that it created. So, essentially access that PNG file on our computer. I’m going to go ahead and say always allow. Now, just to clarify, if you don’t want those pop-ups to happen, then change this from accept edits to bypass permissions. And it’s just going to allow Claude to do everything that it needs to in the background. All right. You can see that it says done, which took about 4 minutes to create. Now, when we open the browser, you’ll notice it’s a part of our Remotion project. Let’s click play. [music] Wow, the result is even better than my previous tests. I really like the simplicity and the conciseness. The only adjustment I’d suggest is that it feels like it takes a little bit too long to appear. I’ll make a few quick tweaks to demonstrate how easy it is to modify things when needed. I already like the current sizing, but for this demo, let’s speed everything up by about 10%. I’ll also update the font to enter semibold. Now, aside from these three adjustments, the overall look really does appear premium. So, let’s go ahead and click [music] enter. If we play our sequence here, we’ll see that we’ve now assembled a 9-second 29 frame composition. So, almost 10 seconds. The font does in fact appear larger and all of the elements are slightly bigger, which looks good. But this setup won’t work directly in our Cap Cut project because of the black background. [music] So, at this point, I’ll tell Claude, “This looks great. Please make me the background transparent but keep the box’s transparency off. Now I’m doing this so that I can download it directly from Remotion and incorporate into our Cap Cut project directly. Now if you do prefer that black background, that’s fine. But what I want to do is overlay on my footage or on a custom motion background that I created in Claude. So that’s why I’m requesting a transparent background. Now, in 30 seconds, if we jump back to our project, you’ll see that we now have a transparent background. Once you’re happy with your motion graphic, go ahead and click render. You can save that to your computer and import the file directly into your Cap Cut and create something that looks about like this. And through these examples of the motion background and now this kinds of effects, square shaped motion graphic figures, you have a great understanding of exactly what Claude can do. Honestly, it’s mind-blowing. We’ve got two segments of our video left. In one, I quote an article on screen will highlight the keywords as they’re read and the ending where I mention the trip from LA to New York. That’s getting a full map animation. The next feature that we can describe is designed for people who frequently work with large volumes of references such as news bulletins or article news searches. [music] Now, those are just two examples of some wild motion graphics, and I’ve got two more to show you. One is a highlighting effect and the other is a map animation perfect for travel videos. Now, the beauty of our system lies in the fact that you can also create several parallel projects. So, you won’t waste extra time implementing and creating effects gradually. Simultaneous or concurrent creation allows me to save an insane amount of time, which in the case of working with After Effects still meant having two separate windows open. The first one is the highlighting effect. So, you’ll actually need a screenshot of what you want to highlight. What I did is I just took a screenshot from a news site. I’ll paste this prompt now, and I won’t read it all, but what’s important to note is that I’ve asked it to highlight specific words from our screenshot. For example, I requested this, this, and this. Now, if your screenshot contains a lot of different words, be sure to specify which ones to highlight. Now, once that’s clear, I’ll click enter and see the results. So what you’re seeing here is because we attached an actual image, Claude needs to then source that image from our computer. So I’m giving it access to the actual file in the web. Now as we proceed, we’ll create the final map animation. I’ll start a new session and paste in this prompt. Then I’ll change the accept edit setting to bypass permissions as I did in the beginning. [music] Finally, I’ll click enter to continue. All right, let’s quickly answer those. Create new project 1920x 1080. Yeah, let’s do country state borders visible. Follow the line at low altitude. This is going to be whatever you want. And once I’ve answered those questions, let’s go ahead and click enter. Currently, we’re running two animation builds simultaneously. The first is our map and the second is the text chat featuring our text highlighting effect. The highlight effect is now complete and generally it looks pretty good. But one thing I noticed is that it appears a bit choppy, which I’ll want to fix. So I’ll talk to Claude and tell it the highlight effect looks staggered or choppy. Please make it smooth. Submit. And after 45 seconds, the adjustment is done. Now returning to your project, you’ll now see a smooth highlight that introduces the words as they’re read. And lastly, if we go back to Claude and we select our animated map project, you’ll see that it says it’s complete. We can go ahead and say please open this remote project. And just like that, our map animation is done. Now, the important thing I need to show you when creating this map is an error occurred because Remotion tried to use a Mapbox token that we don’t have. I then directed it to use a different open- source map and it successfully created our effect. Since this requires a map, we couldn’t render it in the usual way. You’ll see here that the motion map rule suggests using GL and this specific code. I instructed it to render it with this code. And after the rendering finished, I located the output file on my computer. This is what it produced. Now, let’s make some quick changes to this. I want the map to actually feel colorful. And I want to add a globe effect so it doesn’t just look like a flat map. And there we go. Now, if we go to Remotion Studio, we can go ahead and play our video. What we have is an animation out of Los Angeles. And if we swipe all the way over, we’ll be in New York. and we have that globe effect with the color on the water. So, we don’t need the black and white. Additionally, I plan to use Claw’s extensions like Hixfield MCP and apply the Miniax H3 model to add effects to the map. To enhance the beauty of our animation, especially when the dotted line travels from New York City to LA, I suggested designing it to resemble the style of the Civilization game. The model’s simplicity is characterized by ultrarecise detailing of various objects which led us to choose a really accurate map design. Now to access the Hixfield MCP feature, we just need to enable Claude’s extension and request access which can be done through a careful subscription process. To render this, especially when the preview appears a bit spotty, I return to Claude, swipe up to copy the prompt, and then confirm that it’s perfect. I’ll then paste the prompt onto my computer to generate the image. Now, we’ll wait for a moment. And once the rendering is complete, [music] you’ll notice that the map is flawlessly rendered and the animations are looking great. Now, just zoom out, swipe across, and voila, our effects are in a designed background. That’s crazy. And now, the moment of truth. Here is the video that we started with side by side. Raw footage on the left and on the right graded with the money counter, motion background, animated boxes with highlights and the map. One video, zero After Effects. Now, here are a few examples of the motion graphics, effects, and other features that you can create with Claude. We began with the free version of Claude, using it to generate a stylish LUT and an SRT file with animated counting numbers. Now later we switched the paid version and combined it with Remotion to produce motion graphics that continue to amaze me. I hope you enjoyed this video. I really enjoyed creating it and experimenting with everything. Thank you so much for watching and I’ll see you guys in the next
-
09/19/2026 – The Only Way to Never Run out of GPT 6 Astra Tokens
GPT6 Astra might be the smartest model ever made, but it’s also eating people alive. Most people are burning through their entire Chhat GPT subscription in minutes on this thing. So naturally, people are scared to even use it, and I get it. But once you understand how the model works, you can cut most of your token consumption out. So, in this video, I’ll show you exactly why Astra burns tokens so fast and the fixes that actually move the needle in order of what saves you the most money. I am saving the nastiest one for last because there is a setting that’s literally doubling your bill without you even knowing. But, let’s get started real quick because you need to know this before we get started. These models have no memory. None. So every time you hit enter, your entire conversation gets packaged up and sent again from the top. So your first message is cheap. By your 20th, you’re repaying for everything above it every single time. You’re paying for every message you’ve sent before and every message it has sent you back as well. So your consumption compounds. Astra makes this worse for one reason. It thinks more. All that extra reasoning is extra tokens you’re paying for, even for the things that you never see on screen. That’s essentially the tax for it being this smart. The good news is you control most of it. So, let’s start cutting away. Before you change anything, you can start by finding out what’s actually draining your tokens because it might be different for different people. In chatbt and codeex, you can either ask it something like what’s my usage like right now and what’s eating it the fastest. It will tell you how much of your limit you’ve burned through when it resets and which model and settings is draining you. Alternatively, and I really recommend you do this, you can take a screenshot of the prompt on the screen right now and send it to your GPT session. or for the sake of convenience, that exact prompt and the other two prompts I use in this video are in the first link in the description. So, you can just go there and copy them straight away. Run that first prompt first and you’ll know exactly which of these next five fixes matter the most for you. And once you know your leak, here’s the biggest lever and almost everyone gets it wrong. Astra has a dial for how hard it thinks. There’s light, medium, high, extra high, and ultra. And everyone slams it to max thinking that they’ll get a better answer, but you usually don’t. You just end up paying more. And these numbers aren’t mine. Artificial analysis benchmarks these models independently. They give the models the same set of tasks and measure their results versus their token consumption. On low effort, Astra costs about 80 cents a run. But if you crank it to the max, that same exact run or work costs $326. That is four times the money for the same exact job. And on their coding benchmark, max effort runs about $7 a task just to tie a model that costs a fraction of that. You are paying a premium for a score you can basically match for much cheaper. And this isn’t just me. Open AAI’s own guidance says lower effort doesn’t mean lower capability and that cranking the effort higher won’t always give you a better result. So I highly recommend you start on medium and not the default, which is high. Only if the answer you’re looking for is not landing, then bump it up. Don’t start at the top and then work your way down. Instead, work your way up. And while you’re in there, turn off fast mode unless you actually need the speed for some reason because that one alone doubles the rate you pay. Now, the next one is where you save the most and it’s about not using Astra for everything. Here’s the shift I want you to move towards next. Don’t run every single task on Astra. I know what you’re thinking. I came for this video to know how to use Astra more and this guy is telling me use Astra less. But just hold on and bear with me. Astra is as smart of a model as we get. I’m not saying don’t use it. I’m saying be selective on where you absolutely must use it. Use it like the smart senior developer it is. Let it plan and review for you and then give the grunt work to cheaper models. That way you get the best of both worlds. You get the thing you want Astra for on and then you get the rest the grunt work, the things that any model can do in the world done for a much cheaper cost. This is how I’d set it up. The boring scoping and cleanup, uh, push that down to the cheapest model. You can use a lighter open AI model like GPT 5.5 for this. The planning and the checklist you can hand to a mid-tier model like GPT 5.6 Soul or Luna. Then Astra only touches the hard part at the end, the actual judgment call on medium effort. Now, I wouldn’t recommend you switch these by hand every single time. Instead, you can set it up once and let it route itself automatically. Codeex lets you build sub agents. And there are two ways to set them up. The first is super technical, but you basically create a TOML file inside your project folder that looks like this. The second way is much easier. You just paste these three prompts into your codeex chat. Two of these prompts create sub agents for you. And the third one tells your codeex agent when to call out each of those two sub aents. That way you’re paying for the genius ones on the 10% that needs it instead of every single step. This one change is the difference between a video that cost me 10 bucks and one that cost me one. And speaking of what you feed Astra, there are two things that quietly bloat every single message. Your tools and your output. When you connect a tool, its whole instruction manual loads into your context before you even type anything. A big one can carry tens of thousands of tokens on every single message. So, you can click on settings, then plugins, then look through your list and turn off anything you haven’t used in over a month. People have taken a 55,000 token load to 3,000 with that one small simple change. Then there’s output. You tell it to install something, then you have 800 lines come back, but you don’t see or read any of it. And now you’re repaying for those 800 lines on every message after. There is a free tool called RTK, you point codecs at it, and instead of dumping raw command output into the chat, it hands back a stripped down version of that. I ran it on my own setup. a giant file listing went from 7 million characters down to about a thousand. Two things worth knowing. If you install it on codecs, you have to tell it to actually use RTK. It won’t grab the output on its own. And it only helps on that big messy output, not the fixed cost every message already carries. There’s also a desktop one called Headroom that does the same job across cloth code and codeex and its maker says it cuts costs by about half. Now let’s move on to a few small habits that stack up fast. When you want to start a new conversation with codeex, don’t just type in your new prompt in an existing conversation window. Start from a new context window altogether. Remember, you don’t just pay for the message you send. You pay for every message you’ve sent before along with every response you’ve gotten before, every single time you send a new message. So when you’re done with a workflow, always start fresh. Start from a fresh conversation. Another very important one, pick your model and effort at the start of the session and leave them because the moment you switch models or effort levels mid task or mid-run, none of your cash conversation matches anymore and it reprocesses the whole thing at full price. So, the thing people do to save money, switching to a cheaper model halfway through is actually the most expensive move on the board. And also don’t paste in whole repos or entire old chats. Keep your scope tight because that’s exactly what can bloat a context window. All right, now here’s the one tip I promised you at the start and this one will shock you. This is the one almost nobody talks about. Astra’s got this huge million token context window they love bragging about, but here’s what they don’t put on that same slide. The second your input goes over about 272,000 tokens, the price doubles. Input goes to two times its price and output to 1 and 1/2 times its price. And it’s not just the tokens over the line. It’s the entire request. All of it gets repriced. So, that giant context window is a bit of a trap because if you fill it up past 272,000 tokens, you walk straight into doubling your bill with zero warning. That’s why I’d recommend keeping an eye on your working context and trying to keep it well under that line. If you want to keep an eye on your context window, you can type / status and always be able to look at how much context you have left and how much you’ve spent inside one session. And before you go, let me kill the fixes that don’t actually work because a couple of them are the opposite of what you’ve been told. Number one, writing shorter prompts. That doesn’t change much to be honest. What you type is essentially a rounding error. It’s basically nothing. So don’t bother typing shorter prompts. Number two, compacting to save money. That one’s a little backwards because to summarize your chat, it has to send the whole thing one more time. So the thing you do to save tokens is the most expensive message of that entire session. Only use slash compact for continuity if you absolutely need to continue a chat, not for savings. Number three, screenshotting text instead of pasting it because a screenshot can cost you a couple thousand tokens. The words in it costs way less, so paste the text instead. And lastly, PDFs. You pay for every page of a PDF twice. once for the model to read the words and once for the picture of the page that the model takes. Convert it to a plain text file first and then send the doc instead because that same doc cost you only a quarter of what it would have as a PDF. So look, Astra isn’t the problem. It’s the smartest thing out there and it’s genuinely worth using. It just doesn’t come with a manual. But if you do these six things, at least it’ll stop rinsing you and you actually get to use the good stuff without watching the meter every single second or minute. The setting that will save most people the most money is making Astra the boss, not the worker. So start there if you really want to feel a
-
Massfluence Customer Training
Hey guys, [clears throat] Ben Murray here. Welcome to this uh bonus mass fluence training call. Uh I am feeling a little under the weather if you couldn’t hear, but I wanted to make sure I get on this call. A lot of people are starting to dig into the masculine’s training and the app. So, I just wanted to uh make sure uh we had the call so you guys can go ahead and start getting some results with this. And uh what we’re going to be covering today is um essentially uh uh just a recap of you know what this is, what the point of it was, how to get some of the initial group members, and how to sell this uh to clients quickly. Now, before I start, let me uh make sure my mic’s working. Go ahead and press the number press number one in the chat if you can hear my mic. Okay.
All right. Awesome.
Okay. So, uh just to do a quick recap first. Now, the point of Mass Fluence again, it’s to build your tribe. The only real way to online success going forward. Um you know, shiny one-click ranker tools, stuff that like spams your link. uh you know these like oneclick tadic stuff that stuff doesn’t work anymore. Again, if you want to get results online or you want to help small business marketers get results online, you have to start building a tribe um that uh knows, likes and trusts your brand online. businesses that are creating tribes are getting the success. And with mass fluence, again, we can we can start to skip like trying to figure out complicated ads, paying for expensive deep funnels with tons of upselles, um paying for expensive course builders on the side, and you’re going to go ahead and sell customers or use this for yourself. These gamified community sites, they’re going to build your tribe that that wants to interact on there and knows, likes, and trust you. right on uh the page. And again, this try building stuff, building a community. This isn’t like my theories of what’s going to like work. This is what the just the data suggests. Now, as a marketer, you shouldn’t be going over uh setting your business up based on, you know, your theories of what could work in the future. Um where where you think trends are heading. You should be going doing marketing based on just cold hard data. what actually is getting results, where are people going? And right now, the data suggests communities are seeing 4530% ROI. Building a branded community is the single most profitable thing you can do right now, regardless of industry. That’s what the data is suggesting. And tons of people online right now, they’re all going to online communities to interact. [clears throat] [laughter]
Yeah, sorry I am a little under the weather again like I said but wanted to get on this call with all of you and um 98% of users when they get on that site they feel a sense of belonging with your branded community right so it’s important to get them involved there
um okay so what we’re going to do here is um we’re going to do a quick recap I’m going to play the video of what mass is all the different parts of it just so we have a quick recap of what exactly this does and what the point of it is and then we’re going to go over um some tips I have for you on getting the members and then actually selling this to businesses. But first, let’s just do uh a recap of Mass Fluence and what is all in the software. In this video, we’re going to see how easy it is to use Mass Fluence, a groundbreaking app that creates next generation sites that do the hard lead generation, product selling, and community building for you automatically in a click. You can auto build new types of all-in-one sites that include viral communities that grow via gamification or passive leads. Create private or public groups that build a tribe of engaged brand advocates with rich engagement tools like video chat, emojis, direct messaging, and more. You can incentivize members to participate and refer others for points that go toward coupons, products, or VIP content to build a list of buyers automatically. Not only that, but you can share important business information, including special events members can participate in offline or online, as well as blog post, content, viral videos. Plus, auto sell your business’s courses and products to your community members. Host and sell HD video courses or integrate payment processors. Sell any digital or physical product fast and easy. Masso replaces several expensive apps in one and allows anyone, regardless of experience to significantly increase leads and sales by quickly setting up one of these next generation sites super fast. Now, to get started, log into the cloud-based app and click community to build a new site for your own business or a small business you’re working with. Click create community and choose from one of the mass fluent gorgeous dump templates for your site or start from scratch with a blank template. You can also view sites you’re currently building and edit them fast and easy by pressing the button. For this quick example, let’s continue working on a site that already started building for a local gym. You can create a gym site with bodybuilding and fitness viral communities to help them get more leads and give their current customers an online home to improve their customer retention and gym membership rating. Press edit and fill out the basic site info, including community name, description, their brand name, any site image. All sites will be hosted on Mass Fluent servers, so you don’t need to worry about hosting at all. However, you can use a custom domain or tie mass fluence communities to a previous website if you need. Okay, great. Now, it’s time to create some discussion groups on our new site. Click the groups button to do that. Click the create group button to add a new discussion group or press edit to edit a previous group you’ve made where your members can chat, share content, and ask questions. Fill out the group name, description, and choose whether the group is public or private. Public means anyone can create an account and start commenting in your group. Private means you or an admin need to approve each member before they get to see the content in that group. So, for example, we can create an absolute freaks of fitness general chat that anyone can join and start asking questions about bodybuilding or working out. And we can create, say, a private community for those who join the gym with a membership or bought an online course or product that include VIP content. Create different groups like one for weightlifting, one for nutrition, etc. that function just like Facebook groups only this time you get to control all the assets, leads, and emails. And there’s no risk of your group being banned or members getting flagged. Social media is becoming more polarizing and toxic than ever. And millions of social media users are flocking to private groups and mass has the most engaging technology to allow for amazing conversations to happen naturally. Okay, awesome. We have some discussion groups created. Now, let’s help them grow without any work by adding some gamification to it. Click settings, gamification to add virality to the group. first create different badges or gamification levels users can reach. For instance, we can create a badge called Hulk that when achieved gives users a 50% off coupon, plus access to the VIP content section. Maybe we can have another called Mr. Olympia that gives you a free yearly membership to the gym and access to all paid courses. Just enter a creative badge name and upload an image. Then set your gamification points. dish out points for certain numbers of comments, likes, or posts in your community. Then when users reach a certain level of points, they receive a certain gamification badge that shows they are elite status and gives them access to free goodies as well. This is going to help your site explode in popularity as everyone is psychologically drawn to statuses and badges and mass is the only gamified community builder out there. At any time, you can approve or disapprove members, assign roles to members, add specific retargeting scripts, and adjust settings for your groups with ease. And each group comes with the latest bot and spam protection. When a new visitor joins your group, they can register for free, providing their email and phone number, which you or your small business client can capture via autoresponder and remarket to over and over, helping you ditch boring, lowconverting optin forms and funnels. Now, believe it or not, we’re just getting started with what Mass Flows can do. Now, it’s time to update our site with our business information and important events. To add an event, go to events tab and choose the site you want to add an event to. Click create new event to make one from scratch or edit a previous one like this. You can create an event like muscle mania that lets you meet and ask questions with a bodybuilding champion in the local business’s gym or perhaps have this event virtual through Zoom. Just have the necessary information like date, what type of event it is, including if it’s Google meet, Zoom event, an inerson event, or go to webinar. This is great for selling courses and any signup URLs and location. Then hit save. We can see our event in the community at any time up until the date it happens. Now, let’s add some resources to our group like how-to videos, ticket, or support information. You do this by going to groups and clicking channels and adding a custom resource channel. Now channels are a revolutionary new feature that share content, foster discussion, sell products and more. You can create different types of channels including resource channels. So click app channel. Give it a name, a description. Choose what type it is. A blogs channel that shares important articles and content, resources, assets or products for sale or courses for sale. You can choose to make any channel free to access or require paid access. All of our public and paid channels will be available right on our site for visitors to access fast and easy. If the channel requires a user to pay to access it, like a course for example, member will have to enter the checkout information and pay to get access to that channel. Once payment is complete, they can access the channel at any time. You can go to integrations and connect a popular payment gateway like PayPal, Stripe, Manual Payment, and more to sell access to courses, products, or paid channels. Now, to add resources to our resource channel we’re making, just go to the site you made and hit actions, then resource library. Click create to add a new resource, such as a file for users to download, a link to customer support, training videos, and more. And resource channels are great, but as you saw, we can make even more exciting channels for our new site, like the ability to sell full HD video courses in a few clicks. Again, go to create new channel. Choose course to create a new course channel or edit a previous course we’ve already begun working on by hitting edit. Edit the title, description, and choose what course modules you want to include in this particular training. Note that you can make free courses that act as valuable lead magnets for small businesses that require the user to sign up for it via their email, which you can then remarket to, or premium paid courses that generate revenue for the business. You can sell anywhere. To add course modules, just go to your site actions and hit lesson library. There you can build new modules that can be a part of multiple courses, free or paid. Hit add lesson to create a content lesson, video lesson, an audio lesson, or click edit to choose a previous lesson to edit. fill out the course modules, lesson title, description of what they will learn, any video or video URL, and a longer description with any important training resources they may need. Plus, you can sell any other digital or physical product with Mass Fluence 2 by adding an asset channel just like blogs, courses, resources. Just go to create new channel and choose assets this time to sell our products. Then go to our sites action and hit assets to add any products to sell on our site. Just hit create new asset or edit an existing asset. Give it a name, description, any image of what we’re going to be selling. Assign a value and actual amount they will pay, plus integrate any web URL information if needed. That will give them automatic access as soon as the payment is complete. At any time, we can go to sales and check out any asset sales or channel sales and see order details fast and easy. Plus, manage our site members at any time, including denying access. You can import members and export members emails or phone numbers by each group to our autoresponder to start remarketing to. You can see which members are purchasing by clicking new sales and see how valuable they are to our community. And if that wasn’t enough, Masculin comes with commercial rights and agency rights. So you can create these next generation sites for clients and charge a fee. Go to manage client to create an account for them and let the client manage their communities, their channels, payment processors, and products however they want while you charge a fee for access. Now, there’s much more to do and uncover with masculines, but hopefully this quick little demo showed you how powerful and important these nextg viral community sites are going to be for your online marketing going forward. Finally, you can build a tribe of passionate brand advocates and buyers without spending thousands on ads and funnels and wasting time with multiple costly ads. These all one sites work for any business offline or online will help save thousands of dollars per month replacing many tools and also help generate significant ROI with valuable viral communities you can fully control now and into the future.
All right, so that’s like a a recap again of what it is. I know you guys are like probably already getting emails about other products or anything. So just wanted to do a refresher of what it is. Now, we have a lot of questions coming in. Um, how do we get the group members? Okay, so here’s five steps that I would take to get the initial community members, whether this is your own group or a group that you’re uh that you sold this to, a business that you sold this to. And the easiest way first is to just go ahead and email their list. So, chances are they already have a customer list of people who bought, whether it’s like a a realtor, travel agency, and say, “Hey, to get your group kickarted, let’s just send a quick email to your customer list saying, “Hey, join the group right now to start interacting.” You know, that’s the easiest way to go ahead and get, you know, the initial 10 or 15 members to their group right away. If they don’t have an email list or any sort of customer list at all, put a QR code in their store. So, if they come to their pizza shop, have a group, you know, already created like pizza lovers or uh cooking some sort of cooking group where they can share recipes. Put a QR code that says, “Hey, join our group for free right now for free recipes.” They scan the QR code and they’re automatically added to the local business’s group or put their QR code on a business card that they go around. So, if it’s like a, you know, a plumber or a pet shop and they hand off their business card, they’ll say, “By the way, join our pet lovers community to share right now. Just join our pet lovers community.” The QR code, scan this code, they scan it on their phone. It’s going to take them right to the group for them to automatically join. Number four, just ask friends. So, chances are there’s, you know, friends that are bored online, uh people on your Facebook feed, Facebook on on or people on your Instagram feed. Um just ask them, “Hey, you want to join this group real quick?” And then, uh other people will then see, oh, you they’re joining, I’ll join, too. And then that’s another way. And then if none of these are working, go ahead and just post in a group that’s already created. So, if you’re creating like a health and wellness group to sell this to, go to a health and wellness group on Facebook and say, “Hey, there’s there’s a if you’re, you know, annoyed with Facebook, um, and your posts aren’t getting seen, you’re getting banned. Hey, there’s this other group that’s not controlled by Facebook that we’re talking about fitness, health, and wellness, go ahead and and join that and then leave your link.” Now, some of the links, you know, maybe they’ll be banned because people don’t want, you know, members going off to other communities, but they’ll be up for a while and uh that’s that’s another way to get some initial members or post in Reddit groups as well, Reddit threads. Now, unlike uh you know, Facebook groups, you can’t just go ahead and create like a Reddit subreddit. You have to get permission and then have to find moderators. Um and then it’s you know, sub you know, even then you might not get approved. But there are some groups out there. You can go ahead and post a link or what I would do is, you know, create a uh an interesting post on your group, share it and say, “Hey guys, what do you think of that?” They go and click it and then they see, “Oh, hey, look at there’s this other group that we can join, too.” That way, you’re not even advertising the group in the group. You’re not even violating their uh rules, right? You’re just sharing some interesting content about like, you know, some sort of health workout or ab workout. they happen to click the link and they see it’s in this other cool group that’s not on Facebook or Reddit. So, there’s more freedom and then some of them are going to just go ahead and join that for free. Okay? And remember, have content ready in the group for them to discuss. So, don’t just send them to a group and it’s like 100% blank. Have like three or four posts already
um for them to comment on or a question like, “Hey, what do you want to see in this group?” um have a post about gamification so they won’t know that a gamification is turned on or even what that is. Tell them in the group have a post about it saying, “Hey, you can um uh begin to refer others for points. And if you get certain points, here are the prizes. You if you get a badge, a Hulk badge, you’re going to be getting 20% off this local business’s gym membership. You’re going to be getting this free lead magnet.” make sure there’s a post live that talks about the points right away. So as soon as they join the group, they know [snorts] and then uh be active in the first one to two weeks. So whenever they’re joining, they want someone to like respond right away. Um go ahead and uh make sure that you’re at least, you know, you don’t have to be super active, but make sure that the business owner’s active or you’re active in the first one to two uh weeks.
[snorts] All right. So, how to sell these? Okay. So, here’s a few um things that I would do right now to go ahead and sell it. Uh the first is to make a listing on Upwork gigs. Now, Upwork, this was a place, this is a place where, you know, you can uh enlist your services as like a freelancer. Then you bid on projects and then if you get hired, you have to go ahead and do the project. But they’re losing ground to fiverr.com. Okay. So, they created this new thing called like uh Upwork gigs where you can go on and instead of like trying to apply for all these different jobs or website jobs, you can just list what you’re selling and then people can buy it if they want. So, for example, this this person here even on this picture says like, “Hey, we’ll give you a brand identity kit and strategy for $700.” And then 200 people already bought or left five star reviews. So, all you have to do is say, “Hey, we’re going to build your your website with a done for you community. It’s going to be 500 bucks or, you know, $1,000 or $200 per month or something like that.” And just put a listing on there. Now, why is this the best one? Because it’s brand new. It’s not like uh as saturated as Fiverr is quite yet. So, uh there’s a lot of space and a lot of people don’t even know about it yet. So you could have a website listing, you know, you put up in the next couple weeks that starts to get sales. And of course, you can sell on Fiverr. That’s you they’re copying. Go ahead and create a Fiverr gig. And uh we have like a a done for you Fiverr a description that you can just copy and paste. Although I recommend you do write your own where it says, “Hey, I will design a a a website for you with with gamifi with a gamified community in it or a community. This is going to be better than what everyone else is selling because again it’s going to get the leads and sales for your business. So that’s better than what everyone else is advertising. And then you want to start, you know, around $200, $500 range. And then once you get some fivestar reviews, then that’s really going to boost your Fiverr profile rank higher in the search results. So, if you have no reviews or sales, uh you know, you’re not going to get tons of sales the first week, but once they start to leave five star reviews and they like they saw you delivered their work, um they saw that the community is already set up with some gamification, then they’re going to keep buying and then you’re going to start to get more fivestar reviews. It’s going to boost your profile rank higher and then you can start to charge more and get up to like the the $900 range, $1,000 range. And then here’s another way. Message Facebook group owners uh that have decent followings and decent groups and have them uh ask if they want to transition to their own privately held group. Now everyone’s freaking out right now on Facebook because their groups they’re starting to lose um their virality. They’re starting to lose the amount that the people will see whenever they post in them. And this is all on purpose because Facebook again wants to transition to what they did with fan pages and they want you to pay to reach your members. That’s what they did with fan pages to make money. They’re losing tons of revenue. So, they’re going to be instituting this. It’s only a matter of time. You know, all the group members, you know, they all know this is coming. Um, and if they’re not already worried that their group’s going to get banned because of, you know, some post someone did that they didn’t catch fast enough or some keyword or person, they’re worried that they’re going to not be able to reach their members like they used to. Um, so I’m actually going to go ahead and share my screen here. You know, this is so easy [cough] where you just type in health and wellness, go to groups here, and you know, take a look at all these different groups, and then you’re just going to join um a bunch of them. And this is if you want to sell a health and wellness group creation. So, you’re just going to click this. Make sure to follow the group. And then you’re probably going to see uh in this case we’re already I’m already seeing um a lot of the uh posts. Now soon you’ll be able to see like who the group creator is or at least who like is in in the main admin. So right these people these are all just members of the group. Now if you can’t uh see who uh the main admin is then just post in the group. So you can post, hey, who’s the amazing creator of this group? Don’t say that you’re going to sell stuff to him or you’re going to message them. Just say who, hey, who created this? Now, chances are you’re going to see, and it’s probably this person here, Francis Dear. I don’t even [snorts] know how to how to sell that, how to pronounce that. Deva. [snorts] This is probably the the creator of this particular group. So then I’m just going to go ahead and message her and say, “Hey, are you worried that like you’re going to wake up tomorrow and this group’s going to be gone? Are you frustrated that you’re not really reaching people as much cuz Facebook’s limiting the post? We can help you transition to a group you fully control that’s on your, you know, you fully control on your domain. It won’t ever get shut down. You get to, you know, control and moderate it. And if you message 50 of them, you know, at least one or two is going to say, “Yeah, we’re worried. Yeah, we do need someone to help.” And then you can either a say, “Okay, great. You know, it’s 500 bucks to help you transition.” or you can just do it for free. And then once it’s set up and a bunch of people have left and now they’re participating on this other group, you say, “Okay, now it’s 200 bucks a month for me to support this or $500 for me to make sure you know it’s uh it’s supported or whatever fee you want to charge them that they they agree to. Okay, so this is another way to [snorts] easily uh sell this. Okay, so I recommend you guys pick one of these three ways. Sell on Upwork, sell on Fiverr, or go out and start messaging group owners. Okay. Now, we have other things that Mass came with like done for you swipes, done for you teleswipes. You get that agency site you can set up. Now, you can all use that as well too if you want to go that direction. But um I wanted to go on and share today three easy ways that you can I recommend you get out there and start um getting this in the hands of other people and then getting paid to do that so that they don’t lose their group. And then if you have any technical questions or support questions, this is the um the link right here uh to go to. Uh this is our support link. Um, I’ll also paste it in the uh chat
and you can go there for any uh technical questions. Um, okay. So, there’s a lot of people who came in late. Yes, there is going to be a a a recording, a replay. Uh, again, I’m not here to like pitch you anything or sell anything. This is just a free bonus call. um because I I really want everyone to get results with this. I think it’s very easy to get results if you put in some effort the next coming weeks. And uh yes, so if you came in late, you can go ahead and uh and watch for an email from me for a full replay of this training. Okay. And I also want to say that there’s going to be future trainings coming out. I think the next one is going to be in a few days. and I’ll send out some information on that uh which will be a little bit more advanced training on go how you go out there and uh land the agency clients more in depth.
Uh yeah, and there’s uh I’m getting like tons of feedback. Yes, you can go ahead give like a white paper or how it’s going to help. We have that done for you presentation you can edit. Uh yes, you can go ahead and replace their old site. That’s another way like hey, you have this uh old site. Is it generating leads? No. Okay. Okay. Do you want something that’s actually going to get the customers to the site without you having to go and spend ads? Well, yeah, obviously. Okay. Well, you can upgrade to this next generation site. You can add a bio community onto your existing site with the embed technology. Right. Right. There’s a lot of good ideas. And there are [cough] one of the bonuses were qualified uh VAS that we recommend you can use to moderate the group if they need a moderator or you need a moderator. as one of the bonuses.
Okay. Um, so guys, like I said, I’m not feeling very well, but I want to make sure I give you some, uh, you know, some tips on getting started and getting some, uh, uh, results with this right out of the gate. Um, and, uh, there will be a replay for this I will put up very soon. And there’s going to be more training coming up, more detailed training uh that just go ahead and watch for an email from me, Ben Murray, uh that will have the information on uh some of the uh more training coming out for all this. [snorts] All right, thanks guys for coming on and I will see you on uh more future calls uh to help you get results with the mass women’s product. All right, thanks.
-
Make $4500 A Month Passive Income Selling Books On Online – No Writing Required
So today I’m getting ready to show you how you can make a lowc content book just like these that have absolutely nothing in them but blank pages. And you will be able to make these journals in less than 10 minutes. And literally anyone can do this from anywhere in the world. But more important than creating these books is actually selling them. So I want to give you some tips and tricks that will actually help to put your books before the right people so that they will buy them and you will make some money. This is a hot selling item and this is something that I’m about to show you how you can sell on Amazon. So don’t go anywhere. You won’t want to miss this one.
What’s up guys? This is Mon’nique and welcome back to the channel. I am back with the news that you can use. But first, if you are new here, hello bonjo, hola, aloha, kichi, wan, shalom. Thanks for stopping by, but don’t just be a stranger. Hit that subscribe button and join the family. So, this video may be a little longer than I normally do because I don’t want this to just be another video that tells you something you can do without giving you the right tips and tricks to help you to really get the money. So, that’s what we’re about to do today. But, let me tell you really quickly what low content books are in case you are new here and did not see my last video, which I’ll also link up here. But, low content books are basically books that has low content in it. meaning like journals, notebooks, composition notebooks, those things where you have a book full of pages of lines and that’s it. And a lot of people are making a lot of money selling these types of books on Amazon. And I did this in a previous video and showed you how to make a journal that is full of the same page of lines. Just in case you want to be a little more creative and put more than one type of page in your book, I’m going to show you how you can do that today. But first, what I need you to do for me before we get started is go ahead, hit that like button because it makes the algorithm happy, but it’ll really help me to get this info out to more people. So, let’s get into creating these books. I want to start with that and then I’m going to go on to the tips and tricks that you need to make sure you’re selling these books. And how we create these books is through an awesome platform that has everything set up for you and that is through BookBolt. So, once we come to Bookbo right here, we’re going to go to the top and log in. And then it’s going to bring you to the homepage here. And on this page, they’re going to have a ton of videos for you to come back and watch that really breaks down and let you know how to use BookBoat. So, when we go over here, you’ll see this research button. You click it. And then we just go to create. And then from create, we’re going to hit on BookBoat designer. And then they’ll ask you to log in. Your login is going to be the exact same login that you use to get into Bookboat. We’re going to actually be going into the new studio. So, we can just close that out right there and come to the top and hit try bookboat. studio. And once we come here, it is going to make us select what type of project we want. And they have many different options as far as the type you want. You can do paperback book or you can do a hard coverver book. So I’m clicking on paperback book. And then we’re going to go with a 6×9. And just to let you know what a 6×9 looks like, that will be about this size. This is really a 6×8. It’s kind of close to this size. And the interior part of the book, we’re going to just keep it black and white. But as far as page count goes, we’re going to make it 100 pages. Why is just a number that popped in my head. You can do 120, you can do 80, whatever you prefer. Now, I’m going to let it bleed. And when it bleeds, that means it can go over to the end of the page. And then they’re going to take you to where you’re going to start doing all of your magic. And they’re going to explain to you what each side is. The right side is basically your front cover and the left side is your back. But we want to move that, get that out of the way. We click up here. We just hit high KDP cover template and hit okay. But when it comes to what type of journal you want to make, one of the things that I came across was a prayer journal. It was very popular. Or you can do journals according to whatever season you’re in. Like right now, it is August. School’s about to restart. You just kind of want to go with the time because there are certain times people will be searching for one type of journal more than another. But as far as a prayer journal, we all need a little prayer in our life. All right? So, this is a type of journal that will do pretty well year round. And other journals that do well is dream journals and also manifestation journals, gratitude journals. I hope y’all are taking notes because these are the type of things that really sell well on Amazon. So, we’re going to just go right over here because we need a photo for our cover page. You can actually upload your own photos or you can go to Pixab Bay and Pixabay you can use theirs. There won’t be any kind of copyright problems with it. And when I type in colorful, I get all of these different options here. They have some beautiful options here. But, oo, look at that. Oh my goodness. If that don’t remind me of prayer, I don’t know what does. It just makes me feel like I’m about to take a closer walk with God on this one. What you want to do once you get your photo, you just want to take the edge and bring it out and expand it cuz you want to make sure it is filled all the way in. You don’t want any white to show. Like this is so pretty, y’all. I’m going to actually order my own book when I’m done with this. And guys, in case you don’t know, you know, a lot of people ask me to help them edit. I will be doing an editing course. I’ll put the link down in the description for you to sign up for the weight list. So, make sure you sign up for that. You do not want to miss out. But back to making this money. And so, the next thing we’re going to need is a title. So, you go up here to this text and then you’re going to click on that. And then I’m going to go to heading. Why? Because it’s a heading. And then we’re going to type into it and drag it to the front of the cover. Remember, the right side is the front. And if you don’t like the font, you can always change it. I’m going to go ahead on and change mine to this right here. And then I’m going to add another heading. And I’m going to do in the together cuz I want that one to be a little different. Just drag it over. And we’re going to make that one kind of cursive. And we need to add the last word, which is Lord. And I went on ahead and changed the font a little bit more. You just play around and find what you like. And then we definitely want to change the color. So in order to change the color, you just go up here to this square that’s black. And then you just pick some kind of colors that you want. You can play around, drag it, and see what you like. I like this purple just cuz it kind of fits with the theme. And then we’re going to change everything to that. Whatever color you last used is going to be at the top. Now, you can actually do more to this if you want to. There’s a tab that you can select to pick some shapes and add it to that if you want to. I don’t feel like this really needs too much else. But one thing I do want to add to it is just a cross. So, I actually downloaded a cross already from off the internet. You want to be careful with that. That’s why if I were you, I would just stick to Pixel Bake. I’m going to just add it to the front of the cover and center it right there. And y’all, that’s it. My cover is absolutely done. Let me know down in the comments what you think. I don’t feel like I need to add anything else to it. So, that’s the cover, y’all. Now, we’re going to go ahead on and move on to the interior. And so, in order to start the interior, we’re going to go down here and click on page one. And then over here by these tabs, we’re going to go to this little maze looking thing here. Click on it. And these are all the templates that they have already created that you can add to the inside of your book. Like I said, this is going to be simple and easy. No writing involved and they’ve done most of the work for you. And they have a prayer journal and they also have a prayer list. I’m thinking of a prayer journal. I want to put my prayer list at the front of the book so that I can always every time I open it have my prayer list to look at. And then what’s really cool about this list, you list your prayer on the left side and on the right you list if it was answered or not. So when you’re ready to add this list, they’re going to ask you what pages you want to add it to. You can go by and click one by one what you want to add it to. You can select all eye pages if you’re going to do a book like one type of page on this left side, one on the right side, or you can just select all like if you’re doing a journal that’s going to have all just note pages in it. What I wanted to do was I wanted to select the first five pages. So, I have to go and do that myself. And then I hit next. And then they ask me all of this stuff. And I’m not even worried about that. I just hit submit. You can change the margins, all of that stuff. But we’re going to just leave it as is. Now, that’s the first five pages of our book. Now, we’re going to go to page six. And what I’m going to go and do now is add that prayer journal to the rest of the pages. You can technically go through and click all the rest of the pages, but ain’t nobody got time for that. So, what we’re going to do is we’re going to select all and then we’re going to deselect the first six pages to save us a little time. Then we hit next and we hit submit. And y’all, that’s it. We have a completed book. Really plain and simple. And all you have to do from this point is go to the top under project and then you just hit download this project RGB. And from there, it’s going to break it down into two different PDF files. You’ll have your cover page and then you’ll have your interior pages. So, to get your books on Amazon, that’s where we’re going to be selling these wonderful books. You have to go to Amazon KDP. And when you get here, you will have to create an account, and it is absolutely free to create an Amazon KDP account. Yes, you will have to enter your tax information. This is another question that I got a lot. They always say, “Monique, you don’t tell us the payment part.” Yo, I’m telling you today. Okay, so there are several different ways that you can get paid. You can get paid through direct deposit, which they recommend. You can get paid through wire transfers or through checks. And so when you are doing the direct deposit, then you just put in your bank account information and that’s how you’re going to get paid. When do you get paid? Once a month. The payment is going to start 60 days after the end of whatever month you’ve made some sales. That’s what Amazon said, not Mon’nique. We’re going to click on the create tab and it’s going to bring us to this. What would you like to create? But we’re going to do paperback. So, as far as those tips and tricks I was telling you about, this is going to be really important. The research portion of you selling these books. And Book B has some research tabs that’s going to bring you the best information. They’re going to tell you the top books that’s selling. They’re going to show you things like how many people are actually searching on Amazon versus Google for particular topics. They’re going to show you how to get your keywords. All of those things are super important. So, I really wanted to take some time to explain this part to you because this is really why a lot of people don’t get sales cuz they’re not using the right title. They’re not using the right keywords. So, in order to make sure you’re getting the right stuff so that your books can be found, the first thing you’re going to do is go back to BookBolt and then you’re going to go under the research tab. And under research, there’s a cloud. You know, everything’s in the cloud. So, we’re going to click on the cloud. And when we get there, what Book Bolt does is they’re going to search for the top 10 best sellers in whatever category you pick. We’re working with journals, but if you have a category like we already have, we’re going to go ahead on and put prayer journal in the keyword and we’ll hit search. And the first one that came up was prayer journal for women. So, that’s kind of where I got this title from. And then you could just pretty much scroll through here and see what other type of titles they have in regards to this. I’m just going to stick with the one that was at the top because it has 495 monthly sales. And I’m also looking for what the rest of their title says because there’s a subtitle tab that we can use. And on here it says prayer notebook for women of God. Under subtitle, I’m going to go ahead on and add prayer notebook for women of God. Why? Because it works. And if it ain’t broke, we don’t fix it. So as far as series go, we don’t worry about that. I’m not worried about addition number. But as far as author, this is where you are an author. So you get to put your name in here. Oh, we are not adding bookbo to contributors. But as far as description go, one thing that you can do, you can go back to those that book that we looked at and look at their description and see if they have anything in there. So I just added the size and said it’s generous writing space, prayer list, prayer notes, and key verses. See, next biggest important thing that you need to do is when we come to this section here, the keywords. Keywords are what are going to help to get you found when people are searching for these type of journal because someone may not come here and type prayer journal for women. So, you want to put other keywords in here that will help to bring them to your book to let them know this is what you need. This is what you have been looking for. Buy my book. So, BookB also has another tool that’s going to help you to do that. And so, we go back to where we were under the research tab, a button that says keywords. We click on that and then we’re going to click on search. And from there, we’re just going to type in prayer journal because that’s what we did. and we’re going to come up with all of these keywords that they say are associated with prayer journal and they’re going to right here. This shows you the Amazon search volume. This shows you the Google search volume. You want to look at the ones that say high. Why? Because this is what people are looking for. So, I’m going to use the uh prayer journal. I’m going to use the journal of prayer. So, I’m just going through and I’m finding the best seven keywords because they only give you seven keywords to add. And y’all, another trick that I heard when it comes to actually trying to rank on Amazon and be found is to use categories that are not as popular. Then you will start to rank higher in those categories that people don’t use often, which means when people start to search for books that you are selling, then of course you will come up first because you’re ranking higher in other categories. So hopefully that does help you guys to sell these books more. And then also I selected that this is low content books. And then they ask if this contains stuff that’s basically inappropriate. We say no for children. We’ll come to this page here. And on this page, it’s going to say publish without an ISBN. Yeah, I just selected that. I skip over publication date. And once you get here, this is where you’re going to start to upload everything. Your manuscript is basically the interior that you worked on. And once you do that, they will allow you to preview the book to make sure everything looks the way that you expected it to look. So once you do that, then it’s going to show how much it costs to print this book. You won’t have to pay upfront, but what will happen is once someone orders the book, Amazon will take 215 for printing it. So right here, the rate you get 60% and Amazon will get 40%. And once you set your price, then it’s going to break down everything. I’m just doing $7.99. And it shows that after the printing cost, after Amazon gets their fee, then I will make $264 off of this. You can raise it if you don’t like that price, but like I say, you want to be smart about what you price these books. When you go back and look at those books that are being sold that are similar to yours, you want to see what they are pricing it cuz you want to try to stay within that ballpark because that’s what’s working. And then you may knock off a few cent because sometimes something that’s 6.77 might sell more than something that’s 6.97. So, you just have to be really strategic about how you do this. But I wanted to tell you something else that’s really, really important, and that is having reviews on the books that you upload. Because I don’t know if you’re anything like me, but when I shop on Amazon, I always click on the reviews before I make a purchase. So, one of the things you may have to do is sell your books to family and friends and just ask them to go ahead on and review it for you. Or you can buy the books, give it to family and friends, and just ask them to review the book for you so that people can have some reviews to look at because that’s what’s going to help a lot of people decide to buy your book. It can work. You can make a lot of money here, but you just have to put in the work so that you can get your stuff to that level. And then once you set the price, you come down here, you hit publish your paperback book, and then voila, it is submitted to Amazon. It takes 72 hours for them to approve it. So, that’s the entire process, y’all. But something else I want you to keep in mind. They’re going to tell you that you can make a hard coverver book to this. That’s another option for you to do. They’re going to tell you that you can make an ebook. And then you also want to make a lot of different types of books. You may just make regular journals. You may make prayer journals. You can go back and make those meditation journals, manifestation journals. You can change up the interior to a lot of things. And guys, just to let you know, Book Boat itself is not free. They actually have two different plans. They have the newbie that’s $9.99 and then they have the pro that’s $19.99. This is the one I use the pro because you get more stuff. You can actually create coloring books. You can create like sedoku, I hope I say that right, books. But there’s just a lot more that you can do with it. However, there’s still a lot that you can do with the newbie and you get a 3-day free trial with both of these. And on top of that, I have a discount code that I’m going to be dropping below. It’s just journey with the hintens. and you can use that to get an extra 20% off, y’all. So, I hope that this helped you today, guys. I am going to be doing more videos like these, so make sure you subscribe to the channel. Also, like this video again because it helps me out. But other than that, thank you so much for watching and until next time, we are out. Peace.
-
Juicer Breakfast Tip
Y’all, they sent me the 58 800 in white. In white. They now have it in white. Oh my gosh. And check this out. It comes with the sober and smoothie strainer. So now you don’t have to have the J2 if you wanted to do smoothies. You can do it directly from the 5800, which is pretty cool. That’s so awesome. So, this is great because my black one has scratches all on here because I would like cut up fruit on this thing. Do not do that. Like, just don’t do that. This is a big deal. The 5800 now comes in white. Freaking dope. Okay, let’s put these two juicers side by side. First up is gonna be the J2. Because this is a widemouth juicer, there is not a juicer that’s going to be able to really touch this juicer because the way it saves time by just being able to toss everything in there, that makes this thing a game changer. It’s a beast. However, if you are new to juicing and you’re not 100% guaranteed or sold that you will be juicing all the time, this is a great juicer to start with. This beats the Omega. Check out some of my other videos. It beats the Omega. It beats the centrifugal juicers. Like if you’re a brand, if you’re brand new to juicing and you just want to get your feet wet with juicing, this is the machine. A slow masticating machine, this will get you right. So y’all, everything starts with the gut. If you are trying to get your body right, if you are trying to heal and bring your body back to life, every single meal you have the opportunity to either feed your gut something that is going to help your cells thrive or something that’s going to do the absolute opposite. So that’s why many people juice. Me personally, I juice to keep my weight under control. I do a juice fast. I bring myself back in. I’m feeding my body nothing but fruits and vegetables every single day and my body comes back to where it needs to be. So in the morning people normally juice 16 oz of celery juice which is a good way to start. So you can do 16 oz of pure celery juice. Right now I’m doing celery juice and apples. So you would just cut up your apples and just throw them in here. Now, they say that they have this here to help so that if you had a little toddler like myself who wanted to help you juice, you don’t have to worry about any dangers. It just has a small little mouth. And there’s also a measuring cup basically attached to it. So then you know just how much juice you’re getting. If you were trying to do 16 oz, you would stop right there. If you’re trying to go to 32 oz, you would just keep going. One thing about the pulp, it comes out real nice and clean. The pulp is dry. As you can see, it’s not bone dry like a cracker, like it’s been in the oven or dehydrator, but it’s definitely dry. As you can see, you don’t see any moisture on my fingers or anything like that. You have a beautiful color here. And just pouring it in. Look at that. Look how pretty that is. Green apples with celery. This stuff tastes amazing. This is low in sodium and high in fiber. This is good for your cholesterol. This is good for your blood sugar. This helps with constipation. There’s so many things that celery does. Make sure you drink it. If you can’t drink it straight, then just add green apples. And it just makes the perfect combo. You guys, make sure you invest in a great juicer. Make sure you invest in your health. Now, both of these juicers are an amazing work of art. Now, let me show you how easy this juicer is to clean. Heat.
Heat.
So, there you have it. Juicing has changed so many lives for the better. Make sure you invest in a good slow masticating juicer. Use my code Janine 10 to help save you some money. Get your life back on track. Take your life back. And I will see you in my next video. Thanks for rocking with me.
-
How to become a content creator AMA | Ft. Andrew Wall
Okay, so welcome back to the channel, Andrew. It is an absolute pleasure. This has been a long one in the making, but I’ve got some awesome questions to talk to you today about alovvium and content creation. As everyone knows, I’m a content creator, and you have been for much longer than myself. And I always love to to nitpick down into your brain and get the best possible answers to my question, especially for those that haven’t quite started content creation yet and want to get into it or want to explore that world. I think everyone should at least bring themselves into that realm even a little bit whether it’s through writing or or music or whatever else. There’s always something that you can be passionate about in this space. You just need to find out what that is. So, there’s definitely something for everyone. How are you going today? How is everything going? Everything is great. Thanks for asking, man. Uh seriously, I I couldn’t be happier right now. I’m working on so many interesting projects, working with so many interesting people right now. I’m I’m doing really well. All right. So, I’m going to kick off this one with a really simple question. You might have answered it before and I’m really not sure. What is your favorite aluvial? My favorite aluvial? Oo, that one’s tough. Um, I think right now it is uh Seir like without question. The savagery of Seir is just the aggression, the Omega ability, just the look of Seir, just emitting like the power of lava and magma from it, from their body. Like everything about that character is super original and interesting to me and very savage and violent and vicious. And as the like Pokémon for adults that Ouvium purports to be, that is adult to me. Like it is viciously violent. Like I feel like Seir would like kill people and not give any shits about it. I like Seir. Seir is is just pure violence and it’s a really cool aluvial. Yeah. Yeah, for sure. Um, I think he’s a little bit of like a de facto in the top five for me cuz he works so well with Skorox. So, Oh, yeah. And the Skorox combo is good. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And also, he’s tanky. He’s tanky DPS. I like tanky DPS a lot with like in most games you can take a bunch of damage and deal a bunch of damage. Isn’t that the most fun character a lot of the time? I It’s the same reason they had to change Overwatch, right? It’s they got five on the field now cuz the two tank meta was just dumb. Yep. That’s right. Pretty much. Okay. So, we’ll get straight into it with content creation. So, firstly, I’m going to go a little bit into your origin story here. When did you realize you wanted to create content? Like thinking all those years back? Uh, like create it at all or like for a living? What do you mean? Let’s let’s say for a living. For a living. Okay. I knew I wanted to create content for a living in high school. So I’d say 11th grade I knew that. Uh now at the time this was social media didn’t exist at the time. So this was in the year 2000. Um so we only had web one at the time where the internet was read only. Uh so the only content creation you could do at that time was be in theater and so I was in the theater team. you I was in the AV club and we could do things like motion tween and use uh animation software to create uh content but there was nowhere to upload it and then I was on the TV production crew and I actually have in my journal from high school I wrote um in there that one day I’m going to make a company called Awall Productions Inc. and I knew at that moment like that was going to be what I do. I thought I was going to go into film I when I went to college. Uh but I didn’t end up going into film uh because I was a total fup when it comes to college. Uh and I didn’t do that and instead I spent my time in college um creating electronic music and playing video games and then creating content for newgrounds.com. And those things were the closest thing we had maybe to Twitch and YouTube and Twitter and being a content creator today. I couldn’t get motivated to go to film school when this thing on the internet was happening that was so much more interesting of online gaming and it was the very beginning of online content creation at that time. Uh and so that’s when I knew I knew in 11th grade I was going to do this for a living. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. I didn’t know you made electronic music. Do you have any of that still stored up that we can have a listen to at some point? Yeah, I I do have some of it on on CDs, so I’d have to find a way to burn them off of the CDs onto the internet. Um I don’t not sure if any of it I I put some of it on this site called GarageBand.com. I think it’s still around. Um where you could upload music and get people’s feedback on it. That was mindbending at the time that other people could listen to your music and tell you what they think of it. It was like the first time that had ever happened in the world. uh other than people being able to give you feedback in real life on your music in real life. Yeah. So, some of it was on there. I’d have to, you know, I should probably rip that music and put it on the cloud to store it. Uh so, I’ll probably do that. I look forward to it, believe me. It It’s not going to be good. It’s going to be like dated 20-year-old electronic music by someone who got to like a mid-tier level of talent. I did professional music production for a while for like pop artists. I did remixes and I made I don’t know maybe $15,000 doing that, let’s say, but I never made a career out of music because I was never good enough at it. Fair enough. Fair enough. Well, maybe I didn’t have the drive. Yeah, I definitely believe in playing to your strengths. I think I feel like you can build as many strengths as you want to build, but I feel like playing to your strengths is always powerful and and some have more natural incline than others, of course, as well. Um, which is always the case with anything, right? So, what kind of was the first video you did or the first channel cuz you have quite a few channels, but I don’t really know which one came first and and which one was the one you focused on and that sort of stuff. Kind of what was first you focused on on um Yeah. You don’t know. You don’t know what channel was my first channel and the first video that I ever made isn’t on the internet anymore. I privated it out of cringe and maybe I shouldn’t have done that. I I should probably go back and unprivate it, but the channel was called FTW Broadcasting, and that was in 2007, I think I made that on YouTube, and now the channel, I think, is called Awall Gaming. I renamed it and rebranded it to try to make it into something else. The first ever video I made and uploaded there was a Starcraft one, I believe, esports commentary um that I did as a just solo. And so I just recorded Starcraft, did a shout cast on top, and I did a bunch of those by myself. And then I ended up bringing in my friend Danny um to do it with me. And our concept was we’re going to do dual commentary. That was going to be our thing that was going to blow up the internet cuz nobody was doing dual commentary. And then we end it ended up becoming this kind of like shit-talking show where we were just kind of bantering with each other and there just happened to be Starcraft gameplay in the background. And it actually did pretty well. I mean in like 2008 we were getting like 5 to 10,000 views per video on our Starcraft esports commentary. And we were some of the biggest Starcraft esports commentary guys at the time. But this was when no gaming channel had reached a million subscribers. like it was a very small space, but that’s where I got started. And then I ended up figuring out that I loved esports from that. And then we started I started casting the Go for SC2 series for the ESL. They’re the largest esports organization out there early. And I was casting their replays and doing professional esports commentary. And I loved that. And so I thought to myself, one day I would like to be hosting the biggest esports events in the world. Um, and anyway, that might that might happen with Alovvium. That’s one of the reasons why I’m here. That will happen with Alvium. I’m telling you that much myself. I think I think you’ve definitely got something special here. Um, not just with the competitive gameplay, but the the overall IP that is being built. Um, yeah, that’s that’s a really crazy story. Yeah. Yeah. And so it’s funny and so that all so the the story the the insight for all of you it’s not just about me. The insight for all of you is you might start somewhere and then it might branch a little bit but once you discover something that you really like that can be a longer story arc than you know like my interest in esports. I did the initial esports videos then I brought my friends in. Then I did esports commentary. Then that led to me founding that gaming network, TGN. Then we did our own esports tournaments there. Then I ended up doing the official esports videos for Blizzard. And then now I might end up being uh the person who directs esports for aa game. And so this is a this is a fun winding path over time where if you discover something you love, you might not instantly get what the opportunity you think you’re going to get in that area. But if you keep going towards opportunities in that area and you keep working at your skills in that area, it might take you like it did me 15 years. It might take me 20 years from the first time that I made my first esports commentary video to be on stage hosting at an 80,000 person event for esports with Alovium. It might have it might take me 20 years to make that happen, but eventually it will happen if you want it to. And so I’ve literally and I know this is cheesy, but I’ve literally just straight up told myself that’s what you’re going to do one day. And I it’s going to happen because I told myself that’s what’s going to happen. That’s how this [ __ ] works. You can literally will whatever you want to happen in your career into existence by just simply willing it into existence, but the timeline might be longer than you think and the amount of work that you need to put in might be longer than you think. Like just with esports and commentary for me, I’ve put in about a thousand hours of work just into that. Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s definitely a long road. Um but I I have similar goals in my life and I’m only just starting to action them now. So um I’m excited to see where that heads and it might not even be successful on the first try. It might take me a few but um yeah I’m definitely excited to push that through to the end as well. Um so the next you won’t be successful on your first try and if you’re not successful on your first try that’s better than being successful on your first try. It’s better to fail. It really is. It it makes you so much better. Um, if you fail and you don’t get the results you want, oh my gosh, it helps you refine the idea, helps you refine your crap, refine your craft, and it helps you find the very specific thing that you are better than other people at naturally. So, failure is very good, especially when you’re getting started. Yeah. I mean, that being said, this is my first proper attempt at YouTube. I mean, the first two weren’t that hard, but I guess I just didn’t find what I was passionate for at the time and and I got it right the third try. I mean, so far so good. Anyways, um the next thing I want to talk about is is YouTube. So, you’re a big proponent of YouTube. We’ve had that discussion many times, but if you had to start anywhere, YouTube fantastic. Tik Tok’s pretty good, too. But we get the idea. So, the thing I want to talk about is Facebook, I’ve been seeing recently, has run out of new users. Now obviously there’s global recessions and things kind of starting but but um I can’t even remember his name at the moment. He said that pretty much every Yes. Zuckerberg um he he’s talked about pretty much that everyone on the planet that has easy access to Wi-Fi or a mobile phone or computer whatever pretty much has Facebook at this point. Obviously the active users is very different, but he’s run out of people to give Facebook to and that might be part of the reason Meta is starting to Meta has started to take shape. Um, do you think YouTube will ever hit that sort of mass consumption where you just run out of people to show videos to? Yes. Yes, it will. Uh, and all of these things go in natural cycles. I think YouTube is all, you know, it’s growing consistently, but it’ll plateau at some point and tech companies don’t pivot their business model and they don’t pivot the appeal of their platform until they see a plateau in the numbers or they anticipate a decline. So the primary motivating factor for Mark Zuckerberg to uh change the company’s direction to web three is that his CFO came over to him and told him we are not going to hit our targets in upcoming quarters. Here are the factors that I see and we need to talk about how we’re going to find a way for growth long term. I mean, Zuckerberg hasn’t said that publicly, but I get 100% guarantee you that triggered Zuckerberg looking at uh metaverse and VR and these that particular area as a way to monetize. YouTube is going to run into the same thing and all web 2 social media platforms are going to run into the same problem. Why? Because that’s what happens with entrenched technology when new technology enters the space. The same thing happened to NBC, Universal. The same thing happened to CBS and ESPN and all the TV entities out there that came before social media started taking all their business. And then before that, all the print-based companies ran into the same issue when TV took their market share and took their advertising revenue. And before that, radio stations and radio broadcasting took the hit, etc., etc. We see this cycle play out over and over again. As soon as there’s a better broadcasting technology and a more engaging way to communicate information to other humans, it soaks up the attention, then it soaks up the advertising dollars and the entrenched players react 5 to 10 years after that new technology drops to try to fix the problem as their business is declining. That’s what we’re seeing with Meta. And so, will that be the case for YouTube and for Google and Apple and all of them? Yes. Yes, it will. And will most of them not make it 10 to 15 years from now in terms of being a juggernaut? Yes, they will not be the big company. Go look at the top companies on the stock market from 20 years ago. There’s a bunch of names on there you ain’t never heard of, guys, if you’re young. You ever heard of Enron? Probably not. Used to be the biggest company in the world. It was at the top of the list. Vaporized. So anyway, the point is new technology will replace YouTube at some point. So your job everybody is to harvest as much free attention from social media platforms as you can today. And when you see a new platform emerge that you think looks promising, also distribute your content there. Don’t don’t um only distribute your content there or abandon a current platform. That’s why I’ve always been a preaching rereaming, streaming to multiple platforms to get more reach, uploading your content on every platform to hit every single algorithm, and then most importantly, collecting the emails and phone numbers and personal information of your viewers so that you can contact them directly. You don’t want to have your audience and your business as a creator be entirely dependent on some algorithms on some social media platform. You need to be able to reach your customers and your viewers directly. And as long as you’re on someone else’s platform to do that, you’ll always be at the mercy of those platforms and you’ll always be trying to run up a waterfall that’s constantly rushing beneath you. You can never get to the top. Yeah. Yeah, definitely. I think I think that’s really good advice and that’s the the sort of thing I was looking for is um I’m always concerned about falling into obscurity and things like that and I just I want to make sure that I have a clear clear path forward and and you know more than anyone um in my opinion about about a lot of this stuff. Um one thing you really quick one thing you can take away no matter what a lot of people like acquiring audience and attention and like that’s the currency they want to hold on to. That’s cool. One thing you can do is just make money. And guess what you can do with money. Money lasts through time. And so the money you collect today from your business today can equal attention in the future because the next media thing you do, you can hire an editor and have premium equipment and have a great website and have premium branding and the money you make today can accelerate your attention gathering in the next one. And so a lot of people think, I’ve got to keep my followers. I’ve got to keep the views up. I’ve got to keep, you know, all of that’s good, but if you make money, the money is a way for you to almost store the energy and the value you acquired from those viewers and then to move it forward in time in a different format. So, don’t underestimate money. And if you do make a decent amount of money or any amount of money as a creator and you don’t need it, then consider investing it so that it grows over time. So that next media project that you do, you’ll have even more money. and then you’ll be able to get an even greater head start and have a team of people to do everything for you. That would really accelerate the progress, right? So, don’t forget the financial aspect and be researching and becoming financially literate. Uh because the finance aspect of running a media business is as important, if not more important, than the attention gathering part, which is what everybody’s sub uh everybody uh is obsessed with with getting subs, getting likes, getting views. That’s only half of the equation. And creators that focus on that half of the equation and are good at it, most of the time they’re not good at the finance side and they fail for that reason. Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s a concern with anything. We even hear lots of stories about famous um famous proathletes and things like that uh going broke shortly after they their careers finished because they didn’t have a backup plan or they just didn’t manage their finances accordingly. really that only need to invest maybe 10% to just have incoming cash flow for the rest of their life. So it it feels shocking on the surface but it’s definitely just a part of that that thing that everyone needs to get educated on at some point in their life. Um, so the next thing I want to talk about is regards more to newer content creators and people haven’t started their journey yet is do you think more time on YouTube makes a major difference in the context of if you didn’t really improve so much and you were consistent. So for example, if someone produced videos for 5 years and they were they were decently good, but they never they were never really amazing or anything and they never really pushed them up to that level or did a lot of market research or anything. Do you think that makes a big difference as opposed to someone who’s just been doing it for a year, but their video content is just that much better? Um, it’s all it’s all learning. So, the reason why the top creators on YouTube are the top creators on YouTube, not only did they make more videos than you in most cases for a longer period of time, but they learned something every time they made a video and improved the next video. That’s why it worked for them. I know a number of grinders. There’s this one guy, Ruricon, uh, who is a full-time creator and he’s been doing this as long longer than me. He started before I did. And it took him 1,200 videos on his YouTube channel until he ended up getting like a 100,000 subscribers or something on his YouTube channel. And the point of sharing that is working hard matters. Sticking with it matters definitely. But he would have succeeded much much faster had he improved his content video over video and he had um created content that was designed to grow. But instead he just wanted to make the type of content he wanted to make and he did it in the way he wanted to do it and he wasn’t focused on improvement as much. And so you choose your path. If you make 100 videos and you prove you improve significantly video over video over 100 videos, you’ll be getting tons of views or maximum amounts of views in your niche. And if you’re only improving a little bit or barely at all over a thousand videos, you aren’t going to be that far. And so you have to think of releasing videos not as not so much as a grind but as a learning opportunity in each video. In every single video you you should aim every single episode of a show I do, I aim to improve one. My goal is actually to improve two tangible things you can see on the screen or hear or learn in every video I do. So every explainer you see I do with Alovium will be better than the previous one. Hopefully every episode of Alovium Insider and Alvium Showcase and whatever the hell name shows we come up with will be better than the previous one. in some you might not notice but over time I notice and I know what I did and I’m just stacking those bricks one by one until eventually if you go back and look at a historical episode it’s cringey by comparison and so it’s about improving video over video it’s not grinding video over video a lot of people get that wrong and they burned out they burn out yeah definitely I I did especially in my earlier days I definitely did a lot of improvement on myself and trying to figure out what I could make better. I’ve done a little bit of less of that in in recent times, but um but I I’ve always got it in the back of my mind and I’m always working towards that that goal for sure. Um yeah, and that’s why your channel’s not growing right now. I’m just going to be honest. You aren’t growing right now because you stopped trying to improve. Yeah. Yeah. No, 100%. It’s just like you’ll see your timeline growing and then like you stop trying to improve and like you plateaued. Like your success is directly proportional to how much you focus on improving. It’s 100% in your control. Yeah, I couldn’t I couldn’t agree more. Um Yeah. Yeah, there’s not much more to say on that. I couldn’t agree more. Um and yeah, I will notice that I’ll do a video that’s a little bit more outside of my comfort zone and I will see I’ll see really decent growth. A good example is there’s some shorts I did recently that were quite different um but unique, interesting, and very good for for people to watch that people really enjoyed it. and they didn’t get many views, but they did actually get quite a a bit more growth than some of my other content did. So, it it really goes to show that it can make a big difference even when it that even though it might not look like that on the surface. Yep. Um, so the next thing we’ll go into is obscurity. I’ve already asked that one. Um, many want to know about the monetization tools available to creators. So, you’ve obvious got re ad revenue and things. If you had to give us a top three monetization tools you would recommend or that you’ve used or you think are easy or maybe just are best, not necessarily easy, what would you say? No. Yeah, it’s it’s easy for me to say. So I when I when I did when I worked at broadband TV like everything the whole business was started as us monetizing content for creators and then we layered services on top of that to help them monetize and then and then I went and advised creators as well to help them monetize and it’s really really clear to me what the best sources of revenue are. So the number one best source for any content creator is affiliate revenue without question. Uh so what do I mean by affiliate revenue? Literally every software platform and uh platforms like Amazon as an example have an affiliate program and also all types of services from food delivery services to Uber to your password manager to your every piece of hardware and everything for sale on Amazon and other sites newegg.com. Literally everything you can buy is pretty much in an affiliate program somewhere. And so what you do is you create a piece of content uh related to that piece of uh that product or that service and you get people’s attention with an informative and educational piece of content related to that. It could even be about the product if you want it to be. And you provide value and you create an evergreen video that can be watched for for 5 years from now that answers an important question and teaches somebody something. And in that video, you tell them if they’re interested in purchasing such and such product related to this video, there’s a link in the description below. It is an affiliate link and I get a small cut if you end up buying using my link. That is the number one easiest way to make recurring revenue and significant recurring revenue as a content creator. So, as somebody just on my own, uh, creating videos on my AWOL digital channel, one of like seven or something I have, um, just just with 200,000 views per month, how much money per month do you think I was making in affiliate revenue just on Amazon? 200,000 views per month. It’s not that much. That’s more a lot more than I get. Um, how much,000 US? $10,000 per month US just in Amazon affiliate revenue. What? So, if it was ju so with that number of views, just with YouTube revenue, you’d make like $1,000 per month. Yeah. If you’re a US audience, but if you have affiliate revenue, you make way more money. And check this out. I haven’t released a new video on any of my channels. I haven’t recorded a new video for my affiliate revenue in in a year in over a year since I joined Alivium. Every month, it still pays me $4,000 per month in passive income just from the videos that are just sitting on the internet. And I have done nothing over the last year to contribute to that revenue. Now, he was at 10,000 and now that I completely ignore that business, it’s declined to 4,000. But that’s all affiliate revenue. So, the point of sharing that is to say that affiliate revenue creates consistent month overmonth revenue that can pay your bills and create as a create a foundation for your media business. Do you use any products? Yes, there’s an affiliate program for that. The best affiliate programs are number one, Amazon’s influencer and partnership program. Number one, that’s by far number one. Number two, impact.com. So impact.com um is an affiliate website that has partnerships with every company that does affiliate programs basically. And so I guarantee you there’s a bunch of products in there that you like that you could talk about where you could make revenue, affiliate revenue off of recommending them. So, number one is affiliate revenue without question. And guys, I’m not trying to brag about how much money I made or something like that. Um, that’s not what it’s about for me really. Uh, it I I did that at that time because I had quit my executive job over at that publicly traded media company and I needed a way to pay the bills and I had learned how to do affiliate marketing and I had taught creators how to do it and I decided why not make money using the techniques I’ve taught other people. So, affiliate number one. Number two, best type of revenue is sponsorships. So, sponsorship revenue um from brands um is great. So, you can make recurring monthly sponsorships with brands that uh you like where you like their equipment and what have you. These light bulbs up here and the lights in the background that you see here, it’s from a company called GOI. Goi paid me $3,000 per month or something, two or $3,000 per month to promote their products on Amazon and to make tutorial videos and [ __ ] like that. Plus, they paid me affiliate revenue on top of that. This one partnership, me just talking about these lights, I think I made like $40,000 off of that. Just me talking about [ __ ] lights, dude. So, sponsorships are incredible. And you can either get an agency to get you sponsorships. There are also sponsorship platforms that will connect brands with partners. YouTube is starting to do that. Uh Amazon is starting to do that. And there’s a number of websites you can go to out there where you can put in your channel, put in your data, and you can they will come to you. The sponsors will come to you and solicit you for sponsored videos or sponsored midrolls on your channel. just an instant infusion of cash into your business so that you can uh not just pay your bills but maybe build your business faster. So sponsorships are number two and then number three would be recurring subscription revenue I would say. And so what do I mean by that? I mean, uh, platforms like Patreon, uh, Twitch subs, YouTube channel members, um, soliciting your hardcore audience to provide you recurring monthly subscription revenue. Uh, if you can get off of those platforms and you can create your own on your own website, obviously that’s better. Uh, but that recurring subscription revenue is something you can count on and hit on a regular basis. Those are the top three revenue streams. Affiliate revenue, sponsorship revenue, and recurring subscription revenue with affiliate revenue being by far uh number one uh source of uh revenue for creators. That’s underlooked and is underutilized and you don’t have to go chase a bunch of views to go make get YouTube partnership or people are like, I need yay, I got Twitch partnership. It’s like who cares? You’re not going to be able to make a living with that. you need to go get affiliate revenue and sponsorships if you want to make a living. I guess I guess the only thing that’s that’s popped into my head when I’m trying to think about cuz I’ve never really attempted it myself. So obviously I have no idea what I’m talking about, but that the first thing that comes into my head is like how are you getting those 200,000 viewers to go and watch for the affiliate stuff? Is it just really good search optimization? Or is there something else that’s kind of occurring there? Or is it just your channel’s big enough that YouTube is really recommending you a lot? I I don’t really I I don’t quite get that side of the equation. Yeah. There is no channels big enough where you get views. That That’s not a thing. So big channels, if they release a shitty video, get like no views and little channels that make an amazing video get a ton of views. It’s about making search optimized content. Yes. that doesn’t waste anybody’s time, gets straight to the point, and answers questions and teaches people things. And a lot of the videos that made me the most money, I made this one that was like the two best webcams ever or something on my channel. And it was like that one’s at a million views or something. Literally, I just start the video with the two best webcams ever are these two webcams, the Logitech Brio and the Logitech 920. In this video, I’m going to show you the way they look, how to use them, and set them up. Okay, here’s the Logitech Bri, and I just tell you the information you were looking for. So, all of the comments on that video was, “Thank God somebody finally cut the [ __ ] and just told me what I wanted to know.” As opposed to everybody else, it’s yo guys, it’s your boy Harlem here, and thank you so much for tuning in. Be sure to ding ding, ring the bell, and smash that like button because I’m all about tech videos in here. Real quick, I know you guys have been wondering, I haven’t been uploading as many videos as recently, but guess what? Sorry, I have my cousin’s house and all this stuff, but anyway, you don’t want to hear about that. And without further ado, let’s get into it. So, why didn’t that video get views? Because the retention in the first 30 seconds was awful. And if you’re the type of creator that would deliver that type of intro, you’re probably going to waste their time for the rest of the video, too. And so people want people click videos and videos get views a lot of videos over views over time if you don’t waste their time. People are on YouTube searching for the answers to questions to save time. So, if you focus on saving people time, not telling them the most mind-blowing information, not SEO optimizing in the best way, save them time. Your viewer retention on your video will be impeccable. And even if your thumbnail is garbage, people are going to watch that video and the algorithm is going to recommend it for years and years because it saves people time. Time is the most limited resource humans have. It’s the most precious resource humans have. And if you can save people the most precious resource they have, you will be rewarded for it handsomely. Yeah. I think I think a good way I like to think about it is is YouTube is the second largest search engine in the world. And if you look at the first largest search engine in the world, which is obviously Google, I mean, which owns YouTube, so that’s that’s always fun. Um, which is Google. When you type in a Google question, I very I’ve actually lately very rarely click on the search results. Google will actually pop up with some key information inside one of the top key hits. And that if that answers my question, I’m happy with Google. And I really like Yeah, cuz I really like to think of YouTube in the same way. And that was the the We were talking about my improvements before. That was the big improvement I fixed. Obviously, I had that lengthy intro. I used to introduce myself and all that sort of stuff. And it just it’s saves me time editing, too. I mean, I can’t complain. But that’s one type of strategy. So you’re wondering how that’s how I got views on that channel. There are other channels that use different strategies to get views. Uh but they follow the same saves you time principle. So if you look at the best YouTuber that has ever existed in the entire world, Mr. Beast, how did his video start? Bam. Here we are at a pool. I’ve got $2 million behind me. And here’s Jessica. She’s going to blah blah blah yada yada yada. And here’s some edits. Sorry, my camera went out of focus there. But she’s going to try to go in here and do whatever challenge in the pool. And this is what’s happened. Just watch it right now. She does it. All right. Now that that challenge is over, we’re into challenge number two. Let’s get into the next part. All right. So now we’re at the house. And like he doesn’t waste a single nanocond of your time entertaining you. Mr. Beast, the number one thing he does that’s better than everyone else is he respects your time. If you clicked a video, Mr. Beast’s video, he does not take that for granted. He understands that every second of your time and your viewership should be jam [ __ ] packed with the most entertainment possible. And if he doesn’t have the content to show you that is wildly entertaining in that moment, it’s cut. That’s what the best YouTubers do, the best creators do. They don’t waste your time. I’ve think Think about that. Like if you’re like I want to explain this concept in crypto. I want to uh talk. I want to do commentary on such and such topic. Do it. But don’t waste anyone’s time. Don’t waste a single second. Yeah. Yeah. I’ve heard Mr. Beast speak about that time and time again. And that’s that’s pretty much all he does. And he says sometimes he cuts like 99% of the content that he’s actually shot or whatever um to get the point across. and and yeah, every single second does something useful and and that’s that’s hard to master obviously, but um I definitely want to work towards it and I know with your help I can. Perfect. Um so this is a few more questions to do with kind of being newer to newer to YouTube and things like that. Is is there a you talk about if you make a good video it’ll get views. If we table that for the time being, but that that’s my that’s my consensus as well. Um, that’s kind of the the end goal, but if you wanted to spread it even further, whether it’s paying for ads or whatever else, are there are there really good ways to spread your YouTube content to try and grow a bit faster that you can think about? There are none. No, just make good videos. You So, it’s it’s two it’s two pieces. Uh, so there is no way to fasttrack the growth of a YouTube video. YouTube cannot be gamed. So, YouTube used to be able to be gamed uh in the in like 2008 and before it had the algorithm changes that focused on click-through rate and focused on audience retention. Now that the now that the algorithms focus on that, you cannot game the system. You can’t pay for ads because ads might have a good click-through rate, but they have a terrible audience retention. So, that doesn’t work. You can’t drive lots of external traffic in there and pay for clicks or whatever from external sources because that might have a high click-through rate, but that will have a bad audience retention. And you can’t bought a bunch of uh high retention views uh from a website because YouTube’s algorithms are the best at detecting that. And they filter all that data before it actually affects the reach of the video. And if they detect any foul play, your video is dead in the water. So there is no way to quote unquote accelerate the growth of a YouTube video after it’s already been released. I have tried everything. I mean, I’ve tried everything.
Everything there is. I don’t want to even say publicly some of the things I’ve tried, but I’ve done all of it and none of it works. So it used to work. So, fun fun fact, back in the day in the gaming space, you used to be able to make a gaming channel and let’s say it was like the the the meta in 2008 was record some Call of Duty footage, just talk over the top of it about your day and then the thumbnail is a picture of a girl with huge boobs and then tell everyone to like the video and that was it. And then you got like you got like a lot of views. You got like 100,000 views if you did that. That doesn’t fly in today’s algorithm though because people would click for boobs, they wouldn’t get boobs. Then you’re just talking, they thought they were getting a Call of Duty video, but you’re not really talking about Call of Duty. And so now the algorithm has eliminated that type of nonsense. But back in the day, you were able to game the system because it was based on clicks, interactions, and views. The bigger the numbers were there, the more reach you would get on YouTube. And so you could game it for that reason. Now, it’s just click-through rate and audience retention, which are the ultimate measures of quality. So, when I say make better videos and get more views, that’s only half true. So, you can increase your click-through rate by having more interesting topics, by having better titles and better thumbnails. Okay? You can increase your audience retention by doing the thing I just said a moment ago, not wasting people’s time and jam-packing every effing second of the video with only the things they clicked for and nothing they didn’t click for. That’s number two. But none of that works. The other half of the equation is there needs to actually be a market for that type of video. And I think that’s the thing that a lot of people ignore. They think like, I made the best video about this topic. Why didn’t it get views? Well, maybe it got the most views it could possibly get. Maybe 500 views was literally all the humans that cared about that. Um, and so I think a lot like market research is important. Especially in gaming in particular, people will make content about games they think are big, but when they didn’t actually do the research on how many people are on YouTube or various platforms actually watching content about that game, like actually. Uh, and so you have to have a market for the content, for your good content to actually get traction. I think you touched on it a second ago, but the other big question I had for you um, was actually ideas. Now, Mr. Beast obviously also talks about this a lot where a good idea is really that key that key identity in terms of getting a video that’s viral, right? essentially. Yeah. Um, so what I wanted to ask you about is your creative process that an idea generating process. I’ve had a bit more of a Eureka recently. And talking about improving, I improved my thumbnails. Actually, I found a new thumbnail process and and I did see a significant increase in growth um, and clickthrough and everything like you would. Your thumbnails are significantly better now. Yeah, your thumbnails are like a seven out of 10 now. They’re way better. Yeah. Yeah. Even more recently, I had another another stroke of that. Frobe, help me with something. Anyways, the idea generation side of things is something I haven’t quite looked into enough inside myself yet, but I’d love to understand your creative process. How do you go about finding a good idea for a video? Or how did you when you were producing a lot of content or even for Olivia? Sure. Yeah, I’m still producing a lot of content and helping people with ideas all the time. Um, so here’s what you have to do with that. It’s kind of like um if you listen to really prolific writers like John Gisham who writes like a book every year and he’s like the bestselling author of all time I guess other than the Bible I guess. Um what they do is they’re just always writing. He says like I he writes multiple hours per day. It doesn’t matter. every single day he just writes, writes, writes, writes. And he gets the ideas out of his head onto a piece of paper or a computer or whatever. And a lot of those ideas are bad, but it doesn’t matter because he’s constantly writing. And so just out of sheer quantity of content and the sheer will that John Gisham has to get as many freaking books out there as possible, the most prolific writer of all time. And also some some good ideas come out of his head, right? Some really good ideas that became iconic intellectual properties in global culture. So the reason why I share that is that’s what I so when I was at Broadband TV and I had we did like 1500 videos a year or I work with a client a lot of like uh clients and I still have a few clients. I don’t have that many though because Alivium’s so taxing. Uh, but a few clients I still work with, all the big creators I work with that have millions of subscribers that I currently work with, the only thing they want to talk to me about is video ideas because that’s the only part they have a they have trouble with. And so what do they do? What do the best creators do? They have a giant spreadsheet full of hundreds and thousands of ideas that they’re constantly adding to. And what they end up doing is filtering the best ideas toward the top. Uh so here’s the process everybody. If you’re looking to make some content in a particular area, what you do is you go incognito search the terms related to that topic and you go find the page one results and the names of those videos and you put them into a spreadsheet. So let’s say you were making a video about uh crypto investing. You would type in crypto, put in the top 10 titles into your spreadsheet. Crypto investing, top 10 titles, crypto finance, top 10 titles, crypto, whatever. And then you’re going to put in like a hundred YouTube titles into the spreadsheet. And you’re going to start to see a pattern. What you’re probably going to notice is that there’s only four types of videos that get created about crypto finance, investing, and what have you that actually work. and they fall into the buckets of maybe a list video. Maybe they fall into the buckets of bearish clickbait or bullish clickbait or whatever it may be. And you’re going to narrow down the top four formats that actually work for that particular niche. And then you will isolate those four formats. Then you’re going to take the best practices that the creators are using to get views with those four formats and you’re going to literally write out the titles of their videos as if it were an equation with X and Y in the equation. And you fill in X and Y with whatever you’re going to make your video about. So, if it’s top five X things you were wrong about in 2022 or in Y, which was a year, you know that all you need to do to get views is to fill in X and Y. That’s how you pump them out. And that’s how you get millions of views per month. That’s how the big boys do it. I’ve set up the system with the top creators in the world. Well, some of the top creators in the world, at least the English speaking ones, and that’s how I systematically approach it with them. They tend to think of ideas nearywilly and they have some like really banger ideas from time to time. But if you could put a system into place like that, that at least gives you a starting place for ideas where you don’t have to come up with things from scratch regularly. You know what the winning formula is and you’re just working within the formula all the time. And occasionally you’ll have an idea that breaks the formula that does really well, but you hit the formula over and over and over again. Why is every movie the same? Why is every TV show the same? Why is every book the same? Why is every piece of media on every platform the same? It’s because through billions and billions of pieces of data, billions and billions of views, billions of dollars, there’s a specific format that just literally is better than the other formats. The sooner you recognize that and the sooner you follow that format, the sooner you can become a master and become one of the top players utilizing that format. That’s the secret. Yeah, I I have exploited that two or three times. I yes yes yes no I’m I’m actually quite familiar with that and I don’t do it very much at the moment um but I will actually ask a question on I don’t do that heaps is alvium doesn’t well doesn’t so much have a formula in terms of alovium itself right um and I I stumbled upon something lucky with my spreadsheets early on as well which was something that no one else had really done in alovvium either um if I were to adapt someone else’s thing into Alvium instead. What would you kind of talk about that? Like cuz Alvium doesn’t really have those formulas stapled in yet. And I feel like they will be and maybe I’ll be one of those people that helps set those trends even for people. I I find whatever works and then other people copy that or whatever. Um but how how would you suggest kind of converting it? Also, let’s so let’s let’s go into that. So, if there was a different if you had a niche, say something that hasn’t really been done before, how would you go about generating ideas for that niche? Go find a similar niche that is big. Alovium is not big. A similar niche that is big and then go copy their video formats and do it in Alovium. So, what I would, if I was an Alovium creator, what I would do is I would go search for the top 20 TFT videos. And I would also search for like the top 20 like DeFi gaming, crypto gaming, NFT gaming type of videos, metaverse videos. And I would put those videos into a spreadsheet and I would just copy those formats. And I would do a mixture of like half metaverse, DeFi, NFT type content that talks about the technology, maybe the uh asset aspect of it or ownership or whatever the web 3 stuff and then do the other half as gaming content that copies the top gaming video formats and then I would see which one sticks and then I’d see which one does well. And the other key part to tell you is once you do that and you do have something that does well, the biggest YouTubers are the ones that recognize that they found a winner and then they kill all the losers with fire. So, uh, so, uh, there’s a channel M&JTV is like the classic example I like to bring up. When I started with him, he was getting about like 40,000 views per video on his channel. Pretty good as a Pokemon creator. We then sat down in a spreadsheet. We looked at all of the video formats on his channel. I logged them all by type and I said, “Look, there’s only two types of videos that do well on your channel. List videos and something else.” Whatever it was, I forget what it was. I recommend you stop doing every other type of content and only do do those. And if you do, you’ll probably get 10 times more views. And he didn’t believe me. He dabbled around. He came back three months later. He goes, “Okay, I’m going to do it. Just help me understand how to do it.” Within 6 months, he was getting 400,000 views per video. Jeez. So, the point is on a particular channel, once you find a winner, double down on the winner. If you if making top five metaverse videos or top five NFTTS to look at this week or top five reasons you were wrong about whatever or whatever the video format is videos exceedingly outperform the other videos on your channel. You should immediately stop producing all other types of videos and just produce that type of video over and over and over and over again until you master it and you see whether you can juice it out. Most of the time when creators do that, their channel explosively grows. But a lot of creators make that winning video and then go, “Oh, that was just a one-off.” Was it? Or did you just find the winner and just shove it under the carpet? So, what any creator that’s watching this right now should do is sort their channel by most popular. Whatever your most popular video was, go make 50 of those right now. I guarantee you’ll get way more views than you’re currently getting. All right, I’ll do that. It’s not that hard. It’s really not that hard. It’s like it’s like the easiest strategy ever. They’re like, “Oh, yeah. Well, I made that video a while ago and I’ve justified in my own head why I don’t think that’s going to work anymore. Because these complicated reasons, shut up and just do what works if you want to grow. And if you’re saying all those other complicated reasons about why you don’t want to do it, it’s because you don’t actually want to be successful. You just want to sabotage yourself. And that’s your own personal problem I can’t fix. I I think it’s really interesting because sometimes, especially when it comes to growth and success and money and things like that. A lot of people instantly get into the mindset of if you want to be successful, you have to work really, really hard. And obviously, you’ve got work smarter and not harder. And it falls a bit into this category. And the best example I can think of is if working hard to produce YouTube content was the only way you could be successful on YouTube, then react videos would not exist. Like react videos, I’d argue, are some of the easiest pieces of content you can create. And yet there are thousands of channels that have been highly successful doing react videos. It It’s easy, but it’s a good idea and people enjoy watching it. And that’s really all that matters. Yep. Yeah. That once again, that is that those creators that make those react videos tried out a couple reactions on their channel and then they were the ones that were smart enough when they saw the reactions doing better to kill every other type of content on their channel and just quadruple down on reactions. I had a content creator, I was working with a magic channel, like literally like street magic. Uh he was doing like challenges where he was like handcuffing himself in the pool. He was doing card tricks to girls on the street. He was trying everything, man. He was working really really hard on magic videos. And then he decided that I he was just going to react to America’s Got Talent and the When the Magicians went on 50 times more views than the other ones. So what I told him is double down on that and kill everything else with fire. He did and his channel explosively grew. It’s not that hard here guys. Let’s smash it out. So firstly, how important is content in video games? Whether it be before or after release? Content in video games. What do you mean that? What do you mean? Um uh content as it regards to video games, trailers, gameplay videos, all that sort of stuff. Oh, for marketing games. I mean it’s everything now for marketing you mean? Uh not just for marketing but yeah. Okay. Including. Yeah. I mean it’s kind of it’s like essential now. So, I would say that um all the CMOs and like marketing executives I talked to in gaming, they’re pretty much looking at video content in particular as being like almost the entire marketing strategy for their games now and creating uh so they’re looking at videos as being almost the entire content strategy and and marketing strategy for their games and for anything they’re making now. So, it’s really important for them to make in-house videos that are like explaining what their brand is about, telling their story, and then showcasing their product. And then 100% of CMOs now are like, “And it’s all about our influencer marketing strategy.” Now, hold on a second. I thought it was all about advertising. What happened? It used to be all about advertising 5 years ago. What shift just occurred? And the answer is web 2 is on its way out and it’s dying. Apple and Google and Facebook aren’t playing with each other anymore in terms of advertising because their advertising businesses are dying. This is what happens when an entrenched player, their CFO goes to the CEO and says, “Look, man, our main business model, it isn’t growing anymore and it’s going to decline. So what do you do when you’re number one? you put up the castle walls, you keep anybody from getting in, and you try to hold on to your ground and your position. And so, Apple shut off Facebook’s access to their platform for ads. Google is doing the same, and they’re all just trying to desperately hold on to their positioning in the market. So, what does that mean? That means that advertising is becoming less and less effective. It’s becoming more and more expensive for the results. Leaving what remaining as a way to gain reach on all of these platforms, cutting out the centralized entity in the middle and going straight to the influencer. And so influencer marketing is skyrocketing. And it’s really critical that you work with influencers and you come up with original concepts and you’re constantly working with them in the future. It’s way more important than an adver advertising budget. So if I were to guess uh by the end of this decade, I would say that the vast majority of gaming in particular and certainly Alivium uh marketing budget will be spent on influencer marketing and producing original video content inhouse by far. Uh and maybe some other platform or some other method will come up in the meantime. But the reason why all that stuff is great is an advertisement is like uh is like a flame or a firework. You shoot it and it goes and then it vaporizes forever. You don’t get any yield out of that advertisement after the advertisement is over and gone and paid for. Whereas a piece of influencer content could get a million views between now and 5 years from now. Your own videos could get a million views between now and 5 years from now. uh and they keep paying dividends over time. And so we have found in my opinion a better model. Create your own in-house video content as your core and then the influencers extend the reach of that content and your brand. Uh and there’s really less and less reason to pay centralized advertising agencies moving forward. And that’s going to spell of course the death of web two. And then we’ll move into web three. and then we’ll pay for something else to get people’s attention in web three. I don’t know what it is, but it’ll be something. Yeah. Yeah. It’s it’s certainly crazy. And we’re seeing a lot of the earnings discussions and things as these companies release their earnings and and advertising is a clear one that keeps keeps on popping up. So, the other thing I want to talk about back to ideas a little bit is with Alivium so transparent like with their leaks and everything, how do you find exciting content to share with people? How do you how do you go this is an idea I can share that people haven’t already seen and I can spark curiosity and all the rest of it. Yeah. So it it’s the burden is on the creatives to make something interesting. Um I don’t know if we released it on socials yet but you know how many I mean how many rocks can we show right? So uh that’s not exciting right anymore. Um but there are things the team is creating that are new and exciting. So, for example, Grant just sent me a 3D rendering of an Atlas plushy. That’s exciting. People want that. Um, I was I wasn’t expecting that. And so, that’s something I gave to the social media team to share. And it’s like a Atlas plushy spinning around in 3D. So, the creative team has to be creative. That’s that’s it. And they have to do the unexpected. And they have to keep presenting stuff that people are not uh expecting. And so I think that’s what the Alvian brand has been really good at up until this point. The Aluvials are kind of unexpected in style. The story you guys have, the lore is so unexpected and it’s weird. Everything about it is unexpected and weird. And so Alivium is good at delivering something that you didn’t think you were going to get. So that’s how uh and as soon as the creative team starts getting sy in terms of what we’re doing um that’s probably the point where we’re very successful and then we become the entrenched player that’s trying to hold on to our market share and just be careful. Uh but at this phase we’re willing to take lots of risks, do lots of new things, bring in fresh talent and just let them run with their ideas. That’s how you get fresh ideas non-stop. And Kieran is excellent at bringing in people with fresh ideas and just letting them run with them and not micromanaging them. It’s that’s why you see so much fresh and wild and weird and interesting things coming out of Olivium is because the leadership allows it to happen and encourages it. That’s very different than everywhere else where they want to button things up. They want to have control over the message and they want to centralize creativity and centralize the messaging. Alovium is doing the opposite. And so it’s by design structurally that Ovium will release more interesting things than any other game studio because they let it happen. Yeah. Yeah. Absolutely. I think I think creativity is key and I’m a creative myself so I absolutely love it when I I’m able to run with my own idea and that I mean that just makes you work harder too. It’s just a simple fact, right? I mean if you want people that work for you to work harder also a simple fact, right? So it it makes sense in my opinion. Yeah. creative people will work harder for you if you let them do the create their creative ideas and they will make something better for you if you let their creativity run wild. Like the videos I produce with Andy, the reason why Andy and I work so well together is I just give him very clear direction. I give him the assets he needs and I let him know what’s in my head and I don’t tell him how to execute at all. I just let him execute in however he wants and so the videos come out better that way. And Kieran when it comes to the videos I make like the explainers or whatever. We got a bunch by the way in the pipe that are coming out. But he he will just tweak the script. Not once has he commented on any of the graphics or the sound effects or anything in these videos. He might say something about the messaging like we can’t really say that anymore cuz we changed the product. That happens all the time. But other than that, man, he just lets it happen. And so the more freedom you give talented, creative people to be talented and creative, the more they’ll produce for you. That’s it. Um, so I’ve got two more key questions here. So firstly, a really quick one. Do you know if there will be any video content inside Alivium? I’m I don’t know how to explain it, but like if you’re walking around the overworld and there’s going to be video content on the wall or something advertising zero or something like do you have any plans like that? Uh screens with video content in the game. I haven’t seen I’m not sure how you would do it. I haven’t seen that. Cinematic sequences. Yes. So there there are cinematics there are cinematics being produced right now to tell the story of the game like really nice cinematics that will be in the game to tell the story of the game. Uh think like cutscene type of cinematic that tells key story points as you’re progressing through the story. So those have all been in the pipe for a while and have been getting produced. Those are happening but that’s not like on that’s not like a screen. Oh [ __ ] I don’t know if I just revealed something. Oopsie. Those are all being produced right now. Yeah. I mean, it was probably assumed, but I hadn’t really thought about it in depth before. I’m excited they’re being made. So, that’s really really awesome. So, oopsy dupsy. Maybe maybe that’s a first or something that nobody said anything about it, but yeah, those are being produced. Um, those are those are all happening. Uh, and they’re needed, I think, and they’re going to be the best format to tell some of the more complex aspects of the story. um where doing like a normal cutscene or something with the 3D models in the game wouldn’t be as good, right? Yeah, definitely. I think Yeah, I’m excited to see them. I’m excited to see the law and everything. It’s been hyped up so much. I can’t wait. Um so, the last thing I’ll ask you about is the Alvium series that is going to be produced down the road. Now, I want to bring this into kind of a Pokémon context where Pokemon the video games are about 1% of their revenue. Well, maybe a little bit more, but they’re not much. Their anime, TV shows, movies, all that sort of stuff is the big part of their Pokémon media franchise. The Are you planning to produce an Alvium series in the future? Think Cyberpunk Edge Runners or Arcane? Um, and like how far is Alvium going to take that stuff? Is it going to do you think it might be bigger than the game one day?
I’ll be I need to be careful how I answer this question. So, um, is it under construction? So, um, all right. Do I think like ancillary revenue streams like merchandise and shows and all esports and all of these other things will be the majority of revenue? Definitely. So, Ovium is got like such an iconic brand and branding and characters. It’s being designed in that way to where we can actually do brand marketing. So what I mean by that is shitty video games require you to market the game and just like try to get installs on the game because the brand is garbage. Olovium we can market the brand because it’s so good and it’s so compelling and just by marketing the brand it’ll sell an entire suite of products and shows and services and whatever Olivium has to offer. So therefore, just like Pokemon’s IP is so strong, the characters are so iconic and designed so carefully, Olovium has that as well. So yeah, the majority of Olivium’s revenue will eventually not be video games in my in my opinion. Uh but once again, we don’t know what the future holds in terms of monetization within the web 3 space. So it’s possible that things like NFTTS are just so effing lucrative that, you know, there’s no way any merchandise strategy could exceed that revenue. It’s possible. I don’t know. Uh, but I anticipate that that will be my a minority portion of revenue. Will we produce, you mentioned Cyberpunk Edgeunners? I specifically have messaged all three War Wicks with Cyberpunk Edgeunners as an example, a modern example of how a AAA show for a game can have significant marketing benefits. Like Cyberpunk went up to 1 million concurrent players on Steam after they released that show and it was a dead game. And now sentiment for Cyberpunk has gone from negative to wildly positive and people are thrilled about the expansion that’s coming out and they’ve already crossed now 20 million copies sold of the game. So the case I’m making internally right now is uh I want us to make I want us to make alovvium anime because we need more eastern appeal with our intellectual property. It’s a very western IP. Um it’ll appear it’ll appeal in the east but it’s a very western IP and I think we need an anime version of it to market it to the east to be honest and obviously anime is popular in the west of course but to market it to the east we need something like that. Uh, and Grant has told me, um, and I’ll I’ll let him communicate what his plans are in terms of a AAA movie or show, but Grant Warwick is not going to walk away from Alvium without having made without having made either a AAA movie andor aa show for Alivium. Yeah, that’s all I’ll say about it. I’m not going to say whether we’re producing it right now. I’m not going to say whether we have deep plans on it right now. I don’t want to set any expectations there, but that’s what Grant told me. Uh, so once again, we need to focus on getting the games out and launching our first set of games. But we have the talent on the team right now, especially with Grant Warwick, who has a AAA cinematic background and we have various talent here. Like we know that this intellectual property lends itself well to to content formats like that and so we want to make that type of content. It’s not just about video games here. It’s not just about video games at all. This is an entire universe and an intellectual property that will cross over every format. Soon we will be releasing the merchandise aspect of it and you’re going to start seeing each of these pieces get rolled out. I guess I guess the part of that that I want to delve just a little bit deeper into is is timelines. Now, obviously, we’re not asking for dates or anything here, but I I always I continuously ask myself, you guys are producing the game and the games obviously taking a lot of time. How much of this stuff are you actually doing concurrently? Cuz now that we’re seeing that you have two two or three games or whatever and you have the merchandise that’s being worked on, you have a few other DeFi type things on the back burner that are kind of being worked on. Are you working a lot of this side by side? And and when it comes to, okay, now we need to start working on the TV show. If you’re not already, now we see to start working on the TV show. Do you then go and hire studios and things or are you also going to work on a lot of that in-house? What kind of what it’s hard for me to to kind of put into words? I understand what you’re saying. So, how do you prioritize all these things like if you’re if you’re if you’re cooking so many things at the same time? So, I can tell you like right now our team like Grant and what have you, they aren’t they they’re focusing on he’s focusing on overworld right now. So, like it’s not like he’s not we’re not we’re not producing an olivian movie right now. Okay. But that doesn’t mean that the team isn’t thinking about it and the team hasn’t making plan like you can make plans for the future on something without taking away from the task you’re doing right in front of you right now. Right. So that’s number one. Number two, when it comes to development, there’s different layers of development that get done. There’s there’s like art development, there’s 3D modeling, there’s things like blockouts, there’s the blockchain side, there’s all these different layers. And so we are developing lots of different things at the same time because different personnel are developing different things that are in different stages at the same time. If we just did one product at a time, we’d have like a bunch of people just sitting around wondering what to do because their part’s already done on a lot of what on a lot of what we’re creating. And so that so development is more fluid and it has it’s multi-layered. So you’ve got multiple channels of development happening on multiple products. Not because you’re spreading your focus, it’s because different types of things needed to be developed for all of these different products. And by spreading it into layers and channels of development, you’re actually developing all of it faster and more effectively and with resources in house. And so people ask the question too like they think that like by just a good analogy to answer your question, we do we do alvium showcase and aluva talks and I see comments on the video sometimes that say why are you focusing on making this show? you should be releasing the [ __ ] game. It’s like you do realize that this marketing has zero impact on any products. So like just cuz you see some sort of activity happening in Alovium in one area doesn’t mean it has any impact on the thing you’re thinking it might have an impact on in another part of Alovium. It’s like then then then and then on the viewer side and the audience side understandably they’re like it appears to me that you guys are losing your focus. It’s like no this is just a different part of Alivium doing something that doesn’t impact the other thing. It’s like you are focusing on this and maybe you wish we were talking about the thing that you want us to talk about but that doesn’t mean Olivium Game Studio has lost their focus. M so that’s the best way I can answer that question. Um yeah and at the end of the day um I think that like the number one priority for Alivvium is getting these three games out and that’s why we’ve got beta on Arena imminent beta on Overworld beta imminent beta or very soon beta on alovvium zero like got to get the beta testing done so we can launch these. That’s the number one focus of everything. So if anybody sees any communications, if they see us posting a plushie, if they see me talking in this interview about how, yeah, we have talked internally about doing movies and shows, does that mean that that delays the launch of Alivium Zero? No. Not by a nanocond it doesn’t. Does that make sense? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. 100%. Um, yeah. Yeah. I guess the only No, I I understand that absolutely. And I I understood that before as well. And I guess where my head was at is once the game is launched, you obviously have to keep working on set two and things like that. So, where do you kind of find the people to produce that TV show, you know? So, do you guys think you’ll get more studios and things in on on Alivium or you’ll just expand the team that far that you’ll be able to do it or do do you kind of know kind of where the head’s at there? Yeah. So I mean if we were to do it so so any type of TV show or movie Grant would be taking the lead on how we should source production and how that should rel relate to in-house assets but I think gen in-house people working on it. I think generally speaking, you would have a couple key creatives within Ovium right now, such as Grant, providing direction and ensuring that whatever is being produced on a TV show or a movie or something is in line with the lore and the branding and in line with whatever our business objectives are as well. Right? Then then somebody like Grant is going to make some key decision. He’s either going to go psycho and decide to hire everybody himself or he’s going to outsource it to some ice cold killer studio that he feels very confident in. That’s up to Grant at that point in the case of TV show or movie. He’s he’s like the leading expert on that. So I don’t know what the approach will be, but there will be a key trusted person probably a Warwick making that level of decision, right? Just like Aaron would be making key decisions on, you know, like game design on the next title or whatever. And then Kieran would be making key decisions on when we’re doing the next sale and generating revenue or investor decisions. So all that stuff is determined by a those major decisions like that on whether we’re going to hire in-house and ramp up resources or go outsourced and what have you. Those are those are Warwick decisions that then go to the council. Like if we have to like source a bunch of money for something like so for example, if we were going to need to hire an entire team to make a show or something, we would need to like work with the council on that and like that would be a massive expense and a huge focus. So you know what I mean? So all those would all be considerations. Uh so so those are the two scenarios. You either have key creative talent inhouse providing direction to a fantastic AAA third party studio. That’s what Cyberpunk did. That’s what CD Project Red with did with the studio they worked with for Cyberpunk Edge Runners. 10 out of 10. Like that show was so good. It can work out if you have the right studio. Otherwise, who knows? With Grant, I don’t know, man. Ask Grant. Yeah. Awesome. Well, thank you so much for joining me. I will definitely ask Grant that. Um, thanks. Thanks for joining me. Thanks for jumping on the show today. I really appreciate it. Um, yeah. Is there anything else you’d like to leave us off on? Nope. I always like talking to you. You’re very thorough and in-depth. And all the creators out there that watched, just go make some content, man. Just go copy what works to start with and then it’s all gravy from there. Awesome. Sounds good to me. All right. Have a good one, man. Arias.
-
04/05/2023 – Recurring Revenue Live Webinar
Good to see you, Jack. Joseph, Snay, good to see you. Pumped to have everyone here today. We’re gonna be jamming on some recurring revenue tactics. Uh we got quite a few folks registered today, so I’m thinking probably give it another minute or so to let some folks join our Zoom. Uh but good to see you guys each here. If you want to throw where you’re connecting from in chat, uh that would be amazing. I’m broadcasting today from Castle Rock uh in the sunny blue sky, Colorado, which is a nice change from yesterday, which was uh quite a bit overcast and uh a little bit uh snowy uh here in Colorado. So, uh yeah, got India, very cool snor, Michigan, Ontario, Canada, where it’s currently thunderstorming. Stay dry, Jack. U so excited to have you uh joining us today and uh yeah, let’s um jump in here in a minute. So, good to see you, Casey and Peter hanging out with us today. So, we’ll get started here in just a couple of minutes, folks.
Uh would love to know what kind of agency you’re running right now. So, you running a web design agency, digital marketing business, uh branding? Let us know what kind of business uh you’re focused on and uh yeah, we’d love to uh help you all generate more recurring revenue today
marketing. Very cool, Peter. Just general uh broad marketing, digital marketing, ads, everything that the client needs, web development agency, digital. Got it. Very cool. Awesome. Uh 360°ree digital marketing at creative impact.ca. Very cool. We’ll give another 30 seconds or so before kicking off our content uh today.
Casey and uh let’s see here who have not heard from yet. So we got Snay, Peter, Jack, Joseph. Uh you connected with us here. What kind of agency you running, Joseph?
welcome to uh Enoton as well. So, all right, we’re going to go ahead and jump in. We’re three minutes past the hour, so looks like some other folks are coming in here. Welcome, Vince. Good to have you with us today. Uh also work full-time for an agency and do web dev, SEO, anything else clients want. Uh very cool. Well, welcome. Good to have you here, Joseph, Jack, Peter. Uh today we’re going to focus on how to earn more recurring revenue and multiply your income. Uh this is one of my favorite topics because as an agency you will find without recurring revenue your income might become very lumpy. If you’re very dependent on projects, project revenue where you have, you know, one big project that might go on for one or two or three months, you get paid a bunch up front and you get paid a bunch at the end. uh and that creates kind of that lumpy revenue within your business. So, one of the ways that we fight that is by generating more recurring revenue uh in our business. And so, if you haven’t started that journey, hopefully today will be a little bit of a kickstart. Um if you are already offering recurring revenue as or or packages or retainers or subscriptions to your clients, hopefully you will learn some tactics, some methodologies today to generate more recurring revenue. Ideally, with any agency, if you’re not able to achieve 100% recurring revenue, if you’re able to even generate 30 or 40% of your revenue from recurring sources, that can be uh gamechanging for yourself and for your business. So, uh looks like we got a few more folks coming in today. Welcome. Good to see you here. Uh Fernando, good to see you, Fernando. Uh if you haven’t yet introduced yourself on chat, please do that. Let us know where you’re connecting from today and what kind of digital agency you run. Good to see you, Eigor and Dennis. Uh, let us know, introduce yourself, let us know where you’re from, what kind of agency you run. Today is all about recurring uh, revenue for your digital agency. Uh, you’re from Dundee. Very cool. Uh, so I’d love to hear uh, from each of you uh, what’s the hardest part about growing and scaling your agency? So, let us know in chat. Um, you know, one one sentence. What’s been the biggest challenge for you in growing and scaling uh, your digital agency? love to kind of know where we’re starting from in terms of what’s going on for each of you in your business right now.
From Peru, UK web design. Very cool. Getting new clients. Very cool. Thanks, Snay. Appreciate that.
What else?
Finding high ticket clients on a recurring subscription basis. All right.
What else? Couple people getting new clients. Price setting, getting clients fast without much sales effort. All right. Very cool. Yeah, this is good stuff. So, what we’ll find with uh so getting higher ticket clients, getting the clients to actually subscribe uh when I do find them. Very cool. Yep. So, we’ll hit these topics, I think, um, a little bit head-on today. Some of them will be a little bit more indirect because today we’re going to be focusing on recurring revenue. Uh, one of the challenges a lot of agency owners face is they don’t have time to market their business. They don’t have time to work on their business because they’re so busy with project revenue that’s very inconsistent. And so it’s like, you know, you’re head down working on a project and then all of a sudden you’re finished that project and you’re trying to like scramble to get the next client. And that’s one of the things that recurring revenue is going to help you overcome. Uh my name is Brent Weaver. For those that have not met me yet, uh see a lot of first- timers here today. That’s cool. We work with digital agency owners that are struggling to attract and win highv value, high-paying clients. Uh before running you gurus, my first agency ran that for 12 years. had over 300 clients in our active management on retainers. We had um I pitched over a thousand website and digital marketing projects. Um you know, done a lot of things right, but I also did a lot of things that could use some improvement. I don’t know if you guys feel like sometimes running your agency is a little bit like riding a roller coaster. Uh but uh for me, that first like few years of of running my agency was like this crazy journey of highs and uh unfortunately some lows. Uh, for me, I think this one moment comes to mind where I went into a Starbucks and I literally had $3 in my bank account and instead of ordering my usual venty Starbucks, I had to switch my order to a grande because I I literally didn’t have enough money to afford a larger size of coffee, right? And one of the reasons that happened was we only had 3% of our revenue came from recurring. So 97% of our agency’s revenue with 14 people had to be found every single month. It felt like I was on this hamster wheel where I just I constantly was hunting for new business. And new business is the hardest type of business to win. Existing customers are always easier than going out and finding new customers. And so one of the things that we implemented in our agency was was some awesome recurring revenue strategies. And that allowed us, that was one of many things allowed us to achieve more freedom in our business and life. And that’s my mission now is to help you and 10,000 uh agencies achieve freedom in business and life. Uh we’re going to be moving pretty fast through today’s content. Uh if you have questions, please throw them in chat. Uh we’ll give you slides and recording after today’s session, so don’t feel like you got to take a ton of notes. Um today is also not like a a buy now webinar. Um you know, we we we’ve got no nothing for you to buy at the end of today’s free training. Um, if you are interested, we do offer free agency growth sessions. Those are 1-hour calls where we spend time learning about your agency, getting helping you get clarity on what’s going on, figure out where you want to get to in that business. And so, if you enjoy today’s content and you want to learn more about you gurus, later in today’s session, I’ll give you an opportunity to book that call. Does that sound good? So, if we’re all like getting tons of value today, we’re going to book an agency growth session and do some virtual high fives. Does that sound good? Yep. Cool. Sn’s on board. Awesome. Seeing some thumbs up emojis. Big fan of emojis. Exclamation points. Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Uh, so this is our model. This is a good like thing to like screenshot when you’re just thinking about like what do I need to grow a successful digital agencies. Uh you need four systems. You need an attract system, a win system, a delight system, and a scale system. It’s important for you to understand where in your business needs the most help right now. You need to isolate that area. You need to get focused on that area, and you need to engage in 90-day sprints to move that area of your business forward. Uh if you don’t have any leads right now, then you need a system to funnel leads. If you have leads, but they’re coming in, they don’t respect you, they’re not willing to pay your prices, then we need to build more authority with our market and with our list. Um, now once you have that authority, you have that list, and you have leads coming in, we need to start creating leverage in your marketing systems and get you out of the day-to-day marketing for your business. Same goes for your win system. Do you have a system to convert clients? Do you have a great offer? Do you have that recurring revenue? Now, we’re going to be focusing today on recurring revenue. We’re going to go deep on this recurring element, but if you don’t have recurring revenue, wowing your clients, having a playbook, having a great team is very difficult because you’re having to go out there and earn all this project business over and over and over again. It’s time consuming. Uh it’s very uh difficult to scale an agency without that recurring revenue. Uh so, real quick, like we’re talking about recurring revenue today. What’s been the most difficult thing for you? Maybe you haven’t done anything with recurring revenue. Uh maybe you’re having a hard time getting clients to sign on for recurring revenue. Um what’s been the biggest challenge for you around recurring revenue in your business?
Just starting to try and sell it, managing support hours, selling the idea to clients, increasing the ticket. So maybe getting, you know, higher prices on these things. Yep. Yeah, good stuff. Anything else with tracking and communicating hours to clients, getting the clients to pay on time, Vince, man, I feel you. Feel you, man. That’s that’s that can be difficult, right? U depending on who your clients are, right? So, so part of that could be, you know, coming back to our model, like if your clients aren’t paying on time and you’re delivering great value, then we need to come back to your attract model and look at, you know, what kind of clients are you attracting into your business, right? Uh, and so, you know, there’s there’s all those things kind of connect with one another. Um, you know, and you have to look at that whole system. Uh, I’m going to be talking to you about some specific tactics and strategies today. Um, I’ll also mention a couple of clients that we’ve worked with. Talk about their stories. You know, Scott and Craig, I love these guys, man. When they came to us, like they were a fish out of water, man. They’ve been running their agency for um, you know, years and they had plateaued and then they had a bad couple of months. They didn’t have any recurring revenue. Uh, and and those bad couple of months like put them into a very very bad place. So we we taught them the methodologies that we’re going to introduce to you today in principle and they now are now booked out six months over half the revenue comes from recurring half a million dollar year agency run by two gentlemen no employees whatsoever right um this is what I want for each of you to like start planting the seed of you can have more freedom in your business by implementing the right tactics and systems and you don’t have to run your business on trial and error uh when it comes to recurring revenue and thinking about the problems that it solves in your business. You know, the biggest challenge is is just lacking peace of mind. When all of your revenue is project to project, it’s very difficult to create uh a successful business because, you know, you’re having to reinvent your revenue every month. You can’t make investments with confidence. You can’t work on growing your business with confidence. It’s it’s a mess. Um, and when revenue is not consistent, right, we can’t uh even just paying, you know, salary or payroll, like when when 97% of our revenue was was project based, like we would literally like miss payroll, which sounds terrifying. Um, you know, imagine going to an employee, right? The the worst day ever is having to go to your team and say, “Hey guys, uh, you’re not going to get paid on Friday, uh, but we’ll get you we’ll get you caught up as soon as possible.” Right? Like being in that type of state is like a very bad place to run a business. And so by having consistent recurring revenue, it’s not only going to help you make more money, but it’s going to make you have a more secure business. Uh, and I heard this in chat a little bit, like just not being able to sell, you know, recurring kind of deals, like not knowing how to do the pitch, not knowing how to structure your packages. Um, and then not, you know, not not thinking that clients will pay for your services on a monthly basis. And here’s the reality. Some of some services are great for recurring and other services are not so great for recurring. And you need to know the difference. Um, if you’re not confident on like your packages or your offer or your sales methodology, that’s a big problem. If you don’t even have packages to to to start with, right? If you don’t actually have a recurring service to sell, then we need to solve that problem pronto. Uh, or if you’re making this just too complicated. I was talking to somebody the other day, like like literally yesterday, Monday, and she said to me, you know, uh, you know, she’s like, “I’m really excited. I’ve got these packages that I’m going to be ready to sell in October. And I’m like, what? Like, why don’t we just create some packages? Like, she’s like, I’m having all these conversations with these clients in my niche, and I’m going to be ready to sell something to them in October. And I’m like, October? Like, that’s fall. We’re in spring. We have like a whole season between now and then. Like, what’s taking so long? She’s like, well, I got to build everything out. I’m like, you’re running an agency. Literally, we can sketch out packages on a napkin and we can go sell them that afternoon because that’s one of the great things about running an agency is you can be profitable on day one. Your clients will pay you and then you go deliver the work, right? We don’t have to go build stuff ahead of time and then hope that people will pay us, right? We can get paid and then we can do the work, right? So, don’t make this too complex. Also, you might have packages that you don’t feel like will sell, right? Which is is not good. So the opportunity achieve peace of mind is first and foremost recurring revenue when we went from 3% of our revenue as an agency to 30 or 40 or 50% of our revenue was recurring like we could breathe again. Now my agency that I run today uh we’ve got almost 100 people on the team and we are 100% recurring revenue. 100% recurring revenue. Over $100,000 a month recurring revenue. We have incredible peace of mind around the business. We can think strategically. We can think about our longer term vision. We’re not just like constantly like having to like put out fires and and and run around with our head cut off. Right now, are there problems in that business? Yes, there’s problems in every business, but we at least have the peace of mind to think about stuff clearly. Uh we get those monthly auto deposits, right? So, you know, in terms of getting paid on time, right? Like great, like you should get paid and then you deliver the service. It’s that simple. So, if you’re on marketing retainers, you’re getting paid at the first of the month. You deliver marketing services that month. If you don’t get paid by a client, right, you’re taking them off the roster. You should be able to close those deals with ease. Uh somebody told me if if I had like a a photo of me when I was like seven years old that this would this would be the photo. I don’t know how true that is, but I want you to win recurring revenue deals uh with these. I want you to have clients that are excited to sign for your services. you know, selling hours or like maintenance. Like just it feels like going to the car dealer or the, you know, the oil change place. It just doesn’t seem like an exciting offer. So, we need to level up your offers and be able to help you choose stuff that’s going to be uh more valuable to your business. Uh good to see you, Natalie G. Just saw you jumped in. Uh clear client outcomes. Uh we want your clients to know like what’s the result? What’s the exciting problem in their business that you’re going to help them solve? We want you to have awesome packages. We want to make sales easy, exciting, and we want you to have high value wins. That doesn’t mean that you’re going out there and selling, you know, a hosting package for $50 a month. Like $50 a month, like agencies are low volume, high value businesses. If you don’t understand that, it’s going to be a very painful journey for you. Low volume, high value. The amount of time and energy it takes to build a relationship with a business that’s going to pay you money is extraordinarily high. Now, there are ways to run this type of services businesses at volume. The amount of people that are savvy enough to do that, it’s just it’s a very difficult business model to make uh as a volume business. Right? So, I want you to take if you just take one idea from today, low volume, high value. So that means that every client you have needs to be worth at least 10 or $20,000 per year that you’re working with them. 10 or 20,000 because the average agency best case is signing 10 to 20 clients a year. So if you’re going to run a business that’s going to be generating half a million dollars, you should probably, you know, be making at least 20K off of each client and you’re you’re you’re signing on, you know, one or two clients a month. that’s gonna get you a half a million dollars, right? High value. You shouldn’t be, you know, if you’re pricing your packages out and they’re, you know, $25, $50, $75, $299, right? Like there’s just not enough there for you to be successful. So, we need to work backwards from high value and then and build a business around that. So, quick pulse check. We had some new folks join us. Uh, you know, good to see you, Dre and Denise and Natalie and uh and Sirad and and Cortrice and Tiffany. We’d love to hear hear from some of you new folks as well. Uh, how would it help you if you had more recurring revenue? Don’t think about this in in broad terms, but very very specific terms. Okay? How is it going to help you to have more recurring revenue for your business?
I I jumped on a little late. This is Shirad. And um I mean what what has helped me is uh is shifting to thinking an hourly rate or even if I don’t bill hourly to build that way and think about the full year like what is the full year going to cost me as far as how much how many hour and I think weekly too. So I said all right well how much time am I going to contribute to this particular client per week. What is the hourly and then build it out for the year. Then I really then I started to develop a rhythm of like what it should look like. And I don’t have 20 clients yet, but you know, I’m getting there. It helped. It helped a lot. Yep. Yep. Cool. Uh and and Denise, I’m gonna have to turn off uh notation for you here in a second. I keep seeing you drawing stuff on the screen. We do appreciate that though. It shows you’re engaged. Uh yeah. So sir, did awesome. Yeah, somebody else jumped on here. Oh yes, I didn’t realize I took myself off of you prematurely. But uh my name is Tiffany and I am actually positioning my business to offer reoccurring revenue. Um I added on uh coaching and consulting and that is where a lot of my clients have been I’ve been transitioning into recurring revenue. So, I have about 10 clients now um that I’ve had for the last year. And I want to get to a point where the recurring revenue is built out um like Siraj said, for the year and my my months are planned out based off of the packages that I offer. So, I’m I tested it last year and I’m fine-tuning it this year, which is why I’m on the call. Yeah. Yeah. Cool. Awesome. Well, good to have you here and sir, awesome have you here and see in chat right it aids in growing your business. Uh Natalie right says with recurring I will be able to commit to a set number of hours for staffing and then be able to scale. Yeah 100%. Um, you know, say, uh, one of our clients, like she was doing these lowv value content packages and, you know, she was we were able to help her reposition her packages into highv value subscriptions for her clients. And we got her to that result, you know, in at least twice as fast as she would have done that on her own. And and that’s a huge part of how you need to start thinking about your business is what’s the opportunity cost of either inaction or what’s the opportunity cost of actions that are not getting you a result that’s helping you achieve your goals. Um you know if you can get there faster, if you can get to bigger goals, um it can truly change uh what your agency does for you in your in your business and life. Okay. If I could do like I’m I’m going to I’m going to walk through some really tactical stuff. And you’ll kind of notice I’m I’m spending a lot of time today on, you know, mindset and just how you think about your business and talking about the big picture. Like why do you want to do this stuff? Because at the end of the day, like all the tactics, like this stuff is out there. What you have to understand is like you have to flip a switch in your head that says, I want to commit to more recurring revenue in my business because it’s not going to be a linear path. It’s going to take you some iterations. You’re going to have some pitfalls. you’re going to have some things that don’t work out exactly as the road map says. Uh, and that’s like any journey. And so, for you to just leave today’s session with this commitment of like, I’m I’m committed to growing the recurring revenue I have in my business. I’m committed to making this work uh, no matter how long it takes, and I want to get there as fast as possible. All right. Um, we’re going to run through nine hot principles. So, these are tactics that you can use uh, in your digital agency to help you generate more recurring revenue. The number one thing, and this might sound self-evident, is start offering recurring revenue today, not tomorrow, not next month, but commit to something today to offer your customer base, your network, a recurring service. If you have never sold your packages in a recurring method, start trying that on today. Have a call with a a client today. Have a call with a past client today. see if you can get them to engage in a recurring uh monthly subscription. Uh and don’t go out and build a website for it. Don’t go build an order form. Like call up a customer and say, “Hey, um you know, here’s what we’re doing for our clients. We’d love to get you on one of our new subscriptions.” And be able to offer them that today. Uh the sooner you do this, the more successful you’re going to be, right? Think of it like planting a tree. The best time is 20 years ago. The second best time is now. and and I’m going to run you through the numbers, but if you wait three months to try to quote unquote get this right, those three months that you’re giving up is it can create an incredible amount of of lag time in how successful you’re going to be with this. Uh I’m going to introduce you to a concept here and and Fernando I’m going to give you some very specific package examples uh later in today’s session. But the rule of 78 basically says you know how much money you’re going to make this year from a recurring offer or in the next 12 months. You take the price point times the number of new clients you would sign up at that price point per month and then you multiply that by 78 and that gives you how much revenue you’re going to make in the next 12 months. And so this is just a rule of thumb. So if you want to say, look, I want to make, you know, $100,000 this year from recurring revenue, then what you need to do is do $100,000 divided by 78, and that’s going to give you the price point or at least the monthly net gain of revenue uh for your business. So I’m going to give you a zero churn example. This means that we’re not churning any customers. We’re going to sign them up for a $1,000 a month service. Now, this could be two clients a month at 500. This could be one client a month at a,000, right? And what you’ll see here is, you know, one year gets us to $78,000. So, if we signed up a client in, and let’s just imagine we’re doing this on the calendar year. So, let’s say we had one client sign up in January, we had our second client sign up in February, our third client sign up in March, our fourth client in April, and so on. By the end of the year, we’re going to make $78,000 for that year. Now, the fun part is when this starts to compound and it doesn’t add 78,000 a year because what happens is all of your clients from year 1 are going to get build January of the next year and and so and then they’re going to get build in February and March and so on. So, the first year is 78, but then the year two is 144 for those original customers. And so, you can see this jump from 78,000 to 222,000. And and so, just think about this. So, if you have a recurring revenue marketing service, you know, the first year you might make $78,000 in recurring revenue, but the second year there’s this huge jump. Now, when we sold our first agency, we had implemented successful recurring revenue strategy um over about a 5year span. And so, our agency went from 3% less than the 78,000, right? Our agency went from 3% of our revenue was recurring to over half of our agency’s revenue was recurring. and that helped us create a much higher valuation for our business. And so you can see how this starts to compound. Now, this is a zero churn example, which either means that if you’re going to churn some of these customers along the way, you’ll make less money um over time. However, if you simply retain or I’m sorry, if you sign more customers, basically sign the customers that you lost and continue to have a net uh gain of customers, then this model is still true. So, so sirrod, it kind what matters here is a net gain of $1,000 uh dollars per month. Okay. So, what I’m going to do is I can I can sketch this out for you real quick just so you can see how this works. Um, because sometimes, you know, you see the numbers, you’re like, “Okay, I kind of get it, but maybe I don’t fully understand how we get to that like 78.” Okay, so let’s imagine, right, in January, uh, I’m just going to do a few months out here, right? January, February, March, April, you know, May, June, right? So, let’s imagine, right? Here’s our our half of our year of our our calendar. And we’ll do uh split these up into hopefully enough columns here. And so let’s say in January you sign one client at $1,000, right? That’s your your your first your first customer, right? Now in February, you’re going to bill them $1,000. March $1,000. April, $1,000. June, $1,000. Right? So, so your total revenue for January, because you only signed one client in January, is $1,000. Right? Now, in February, we’re going to sign our second client for $1,000. $1,000, right? Because this is recurring. So, every month, you’re going to So, so now in February, the revenue we got is actually $2,000, right? Now, in March, doing another 1K, right? And then the revenue for March is $3,000 that month. Okay? And then we’re going to get our fourth client, right? And that fourth client here is billing in April. So April’s revenue is $4,000, right? So if we continue doing this, 78 is the number of these boxes that we have in the first year. So, an easy way for us to do is say, “Look, if I have a service, and that service is $1,000 per month, and I sign one new client per month, and I lose zero clients, in year one, I will make $78,000. In year two, I will make an additional, if I continue signing one new client a month, I will make an additional $78,000. Plus, I will have all the clients from year 1. So, I’d have 12 clients from year 1. And so, I would I would get another 144,000 from my year 1 clients. And I’d get another 78,000 from my year two clients. Okay? So, let’s say for instance, you want to make $78,000 this year, but you price your services Okay, let’s say you’re like, “Oh, I want to make a bunch of money with recurring,” but you don’t set a goal and you mistakenly price your services at $250 a month and you’re only signing on average maybe one to two clients per month. That means that some months you’ll be adding a net gain of $250 a month. Some months you might add $500 a month. And let’s say your average over the course of the year is you add about, you know, $350 a month. Well, in this example, right, I’m not going to make $78,000 that first year. I’m going to make a lot less, right? I’m going to make 350 * 78. I’m going to make, you know, 27300 that first year. And in that second year, it’s going to be, you know, 144 * 350, which is 50K plus the 27K, right? Which will equal about 77K in year two, which depending on what your goal is, that might be enough, it might not be enough. Okay? And so when you come into your recurring revenue offering, your pricing strategy needs to be combined with what your marketing strategy is in terms of the number of clients that you want to sign up. And I see this all the time with web agencies. They’re like, “Oh yeah, I went to this webinar. I’m going to do recurring revenue now.” And then they go and they price their services at like a $100 a month for like web hosting and maintenance or whatever. And so then they end up like, you know, it’s like and they’re signing like one or two clients a month and they’re adding Yes. Yes, they are adding recurring revenue, but they’re doing it at such a slow pace that it’s going to take them like a decade to generate enough recurring revenue to sustain their business. And so now you might say, well, but Brent, I don’t know what to offer in order to charge more. Well, first we need to understand what is our target and then let’s work backwards with what kind of services and what our model needs to be in order to actually deliver that recurring revenue. There’s lots of different like levers and dials when it comes to recurring revenue. Maybe some of you are building websites. Those are great projects or great great engagements to build on a project basis. It’s not a great offer to sub have somebody subscribe to a website that they don’t own for the next, you know, five years, right? A lot of people have tried the like website as a subscription. It’s just not a great deal. Website, great to have as a project based engagement. Uh ongoing maintenance, management, marketing, growth, optimization, etc. Great for recurring. Okay. So now, if you’re currently allin on project revenue, we just need to start building some strategy to diversify you to recurring. And my recommendation for any business is to be at least at a 50/50. Half your revenue from recurring, half of it from projects. If you’re running a branding agency, again, you’re you’re probably never going to be 100% recurring. Don’t try to innovate a model. continue to do your big rebrand projects as big lump sums, but start to build some creative services subscriptions. Like once clients have that new brand, they’ve got to implement it. They’ve got to get ongoing design services. They’ve got to get ongoing copywriting services. Those are great things for recurring. If you’re a digital marketing business, you have an opportunity to be over here because digital marketing, Facebook ads, social media, SEO, inbound, all that stuff is is a chronic and recurring problem. So, you can actually structure your services into a recurring retainer from day one. Okay. Now, it just depends on like what kind of business you have, what your services offering is. But what we want to do is we want to unpack our strategy, right? Are we month-to-month with clients or do we require some type of commitment? Is it self-s served DIY or is it a fully managed done for you service or is it somewhere in between where you have some expectations of what your client does? Are you trying to do low price stuff? Only do low price if you have a proven track record of being able to attract clients at scale. If you do not have a proven track record, and I’m not saying that you don’t have great ideas to market your business, but if you’ve come from a business where you’ve earned dozens of customers per month and you’ve got a proven track record of building those systems, then you can probably um, you know, kind of experiment with some commoditized service offerings uh, and some lower price stuff. If your track record is earning about one or two or three clients a month, then I want you to go more on this side of the price scale, right? higher price because you just don’t have very many at bats. You need to get better at selling a lower volume amount of services, get better at valuebased pricing, get better at discovery, get better at strategy that’s going to have the highest impact on your income in the shortest amount of time. So, we want to make sure we have a good recurring revenue strategy. Uh the other thing that we want to do is we need to have play the calculator game a little bit. Okay? So when when people create their recurring revenue strategies, one of the things they miss is they don’t actually think about what their business’s operating expenses are, they don’t actually think about what their monthly salary is, and they have no idea how many clients they get per month. If you get like, let’s say, you know, two clients per month in your business and you want to generate, you know, 10K a month in recurring revenue, you can’t price your services at, you know, 200 bucks a month, right? Like the amount of time it’s going to take you. You’re going to be years before you have 10K a month in recurring revenue. Uh we we can’t do that, right? And so this is a little bit of a of a of a set of equations for just like figuring it out from like cover your base cost like your salary, your team salary, your monthly expenses, and take that salary plus the operating expenses, multiply it by 12, and that should give you your total month recurring revenue goal. So let’s say your your monthly salary was 10K a month and your operating expenses was 10K, then your your monthly revenue that you need to make is, you know, 20K a month. um you know times times that 12 months, right? And so that’s going to be about 240 uh K per year. Okay. So now we take that 240 and we can divide that uh so 240K uh divided by 78 gets us to 240,000 divided by 78 gets us to about three uh $3,000, right? And some change. Okay, that means that you need a net gain of 3K a month in order to cover all of your salary and operating expenses in the calendar year you start doing recurring revenue. Now, if you’re if you’re signing two clients a month, guess what? Your package pricing, your average revenue for recurring needs to be 1,500 bucks a month. 1,500. Okay? If you’re coming up with prices for your packages that are less than 1500 or your clients are going to choose the smaller ones on average, you’re not going to hit your recurring revenue goals for the first year. You’re going to come up short. Now, maybe in year two or year three, you’ll eventually kind of catch up. But if the game for you is, I want to cover my salary and my monthly operating expenses this year, then you’ve got to set that bar a little bit higher. And you’re probably going to have some client churn. And so we want to set the goal uh in a way that we’re actually going to achieve uh that end result. Okay. Now, when it comes to recurring revenue, I mentioned like I want you to take an action today. I’d love that action to be, you know, booking an agency growth session with you gurus, but at the end of the day, like set a plan. Where do you want to be three years from now in terms of recurring revenue? Generating recurring revenue for your business is like investing in the stock market, right? like we’ve got to invest today and we got to have diamond hands, right? We got to make sure that we’re investing, we’re committing to this today and every month we’re going to make a little bit of progress, a little bit of progress. But it starts with every day having some kind of action that’s going to generate more recurring revenue for you. And you need to make sure that that action lines up with where you want to be in, you know, in 90 days, in a year, in three years. We need to have a plan for that. Okay, so this is just a basic goal and planning exercise. What are you going to do in the next 24 hours? the next three days, the next month to maintain and grow your current revenue. Uh the second thing that we’re going to do is we’re going to build passive momentum. This is the make money while you sleep. I’m very torn on talking about making money while you sleep because all the money you make in your business is the result of some activity, some action, some investment that you make. um you know so so passive income usually just means that it’s it’s like a delayed payment for something that you put time in you know three months ago six months ago etc right uh you do something today and then maybe in the in the future you make some some money right so a lot of you have a core service offering you maybe you’re web designers maybe you’re digital marketers and there’s other stuff that your clients need these other services you can make money off of them by not delivering them by referring them out to other people, tools, or agencies, and they can give you a commission on that. Whether it’s set up as a referral agreement, an affiliate agreement, a commission, you want to start setting these things up. What are the services that your clients use? Are they using web hosting? Are you managing that for them? Are you referring them to somebody else? I meet countless agencies who are like, “Oh, yeah. I just refer my clients over to XYZ host, you know, I don’t really want to make any money off of it.” And I’m like, hold on. What are you talking about? Why don’t you want to make money? Oh, it’s too much trouble here. Like, I have affiliate agreements with hosting companies, with platforms where literally I have made tens of thousands of dollars where I log in and I see total earnings 50 or 60 or $70,000. Like, that’s a down payment on a house or at least contributing to one. Uh, these days with housing prices, right, maybe it’s half of a down payment on a house, right? like you can make some serious money on this stuff over time, but it does take some setup. And some people say things like, “Oh, I don’t want my clients to think that I’m trying to make money off of every, you know, thing that I do.” Like, tell your client, like, “Hey, I recommend this hosting company. The reason I recommend them is because of this. Oh, by the way, it’d be awesome if you use this link if you do decide to use them. Um, I do make a small amount of money off of that link if you use it. uh you know, it’s just a way to help support our company so we can provide better services and we can do amazing things for you as a business owner, right? Like tell your clients that you got an affiliate agreement. Tell them that you get a commission off this stuff. Don’t be like weird and you know and and opaque about it. Um if you’ve got clients who need SEO services, pay-per-click services, find agencies that you could that can become referral partners for you and every time you send them a business, they might send you 10% or 5% of that revenue. It might not happen super often, but if you’re referring people out, take the time, set up refer referral agreements and affiliate agreements. If you’re doing a lot of marketing, you might have a lot of people that are coming to your business that aren’t a good fit for you. Monetize this. Refer them to somebody else. Maybe they’re not yet ready for you. Maybe they’re too far advanced. Maybe they’re uh you’re getting the vibe that they’re a pain in the butt customer and maybe somebody else would give a swing at it and they needed the work. Right? I I’ve definitely been in the situation before where I’d gladly take on a pain in the ass client uh because we needed to, you know, fill some gaps and and and and you know, fill the pipeline, right? Uh but maybe, you know, some months you’re like, I don’t want that client. I want to refer it out to somebody else. Okay, so most tools out there have affiliate programs. Just go to the footer of the website, click on them. you know, my web audit. These guys send us a PayPal like every month and um you know, they uh you know, send us, you know, we send them some business and every month I get like a PayPal for a few hundred bucks, right? Uh at Unlimited WP, the agency I I co-founded, um we we give 7% of recurring revenue for the life of the account. That means if you send us an agency that signs up, like we’re going to send you, if they sign up for a $1,000 a month package, we’re going to send you 70 bucks a month on that account for life. that could add up to some serious money. You send 10 clients, you know, that’s thousands of dollars per year uh that you can drive in just passive recurring revenue for your business. Um, you know, hosting companies are, you know, famous for their great affiliate programs. Uh, Cloudways, one of our sister companies, you know, we they pay out tons of money to agencies for the businesses they’ve referred. Um, you know, in this example, right, an agency could be making, you know, $4500 per month by just referring in two customers a month and end up using AWS on their platform. So, get up those set up those passive recurring revenue systems in your business because, you know, you got to set them up early. It’s going to feel like you’re not making a whole lot of action at first, but over time, it’s going to start to snowball. Now when it comes to your packages, your services, we want to set up uh we want to find and solve chronic issues in your client’s business. Websites as a build, brands as a build are not chronic issues. Those are investments that businesses make every 3 to 5 years. website maintenance, website growth, paid ads, SEO, content, creative services, design work, graphic design, no social media management. These are chronic problems. Like it’s like cleaning your house. Like you can’t just pay a house cleaner to come to your house like one time and clean your house. Every week that dust comes back. Every week we must continue to sweep and clean our house. So, what you want to do is go in and figure out what do your clients need all the time, right? Helping them find more leads and customers. That is a forever job of every business. You know, there’s it’s there’s rarely a time where we just say, “Oh, yep. That’s it. We we we found all the customers we’re ever going to need, right? Like businesses always need more customers. They always need more leads. Those are chronic problems. It’s like drinking coffee or shaving, you know, every every week the the hair comes back, right? every morning. Got to have that coffee, right? So, so those are chronic issues uh that your clients might have. When you’re thinking about this, um you know, look at your service offering. Unpack like what services, skills, products, and value could you offer your clients ongoing? What problems, frustrations, and outcomes do your clients want ongoing? And what we got to do is we got to match the services with the outcomes. So, what are those things, you know, and go and if you don’t know the answer to this or if you’re making assumptions or you’re making stuff up, go talk to your clients. Talk to them about what are the chronic problems. What are the things that just seem to be recurring issues that where they they solve them a little bit, but they just come back later. We had an agency we’re working with where their client’s website was getting hacked all the time, right? That’s a chronic problem. Like hacking, website security, WordPress security, these things are recurring issues. So, in order for clients to be protected, um, they’ve got to be able to, uh, have some kind of subscription to support that. When it comes to creating your packages, we want to ascend and anchor our packages. So, price anchoring is one concept. It means that you’re if if you when your client comes to you, if the highest package that you sell is $500 and your second to lowest package is $200 and your cheapest package is $50, like $500 seems extraordinarily expensive to $50. And in this case, $500 is your price anchor. And so people are going to choose a couple hundred a month thing and they’re probably going to complain about it. Uh, you know, when when you’re anchoring, we want to anchor to high value. That means that we’re not choosing, you know, $500 anchors. We’re choosing anchors in the thousands. What is a VIP package look like with your business? You know, a lot of agencies for some reason think that like a $1,000 a month retainer or $2,000 or $3,000 a month retainer is a ton of money. The reality is like the alternative to hiring your agency is hiring an employee. Employees cost thousands a month, potentially tens of thousands of dollars per month. uh and they can get that through your business. So when we when we ascend, we want to start with packages that clients, you know, your earliest type of business can afford and then we’re going to move them up to additional service levels depending on what kind of results that we’re getting for them. So we need to understand who our customer is. We need to understand what the outcome that that customer needs and we need to understand how are we framing that value. you know, having a business in a box, you know, have being able to break through a plateau, being able to hit some desired growth goals. Um, so we want to ascend those plans from small to medium to large, and then we want to anchor them into highv value packages. We also want to make sure our packages are value priced and irresistible, valuep packed. If you’re selling broccoli, people are going to hem and haw, right? Like if you’re going into your clients and being like, “Oh, you need a security maintenance package. It’s like insurance. Who the hell wants to buy insurance? I don’t know about you guys, but I hate having to shop for insurance. It’s the worst, you know? So, if you’re selling your your clients on a on a service that feels like you’re selling insurance, I want you to to recognize that you’re probably selling your client some broccoli. Yes, they need broccoli. They should eat healthier. But the reality is is everybody wants chocolate sundae with a cherry on top. Everybody wants the burger from In-N-Out or McDonald’s or whatever. Everybody wants the greasy, nasty food that we all know is bad for us, but like we love it. It’s so tasty. It’s so good. And so you need to you need to approach your clients in the same fashion. Give them some juicy stuff that they can sink their teeth into that’s exciting, that’s got some sizzle behind it. You know, sell them those chocolate covered strawberries. And then through your service offering, make sure you’re giving them also what they need as well. Make sure you’re getting them, you know, a little appetizer of vegetables. Make sure they’ve got some stuff that’s really, you know, tasty, that’s going to be healthy for them, but give them the stuff that they ultimately want. If your clients tell you over and over, we need more leads and customers, how is our website going to help us get more leads and customers? How’s our brand going to help us get more leads and customers? If that’s what you’re hearing on a regular basis, you’ve got to address that concern with your clients. You got to you got to satisfy that need with them. So when we look at our value stack, right, a lot of you are probably selling a commodity or a timebased recurring revenue plan. That’s better than not selling anything at all. So if you’re selling a basket of hours, if you’re selling, you know, you know, five blog posts a month, like it’s fine. You you’re starting at the lowest two tiers of service offering. Um the reason I think that selling you know at least selling uh time is a little bit better than commodity because we can actually set an hourly rate that is based on a value of your agency. So if you’re selling time you can you know let’s say a commodity hourly is like whatever 50 bucks an hour. Um you could actually sell your time at a higher rate $125 an hour $150 an hour. Now, you’re going to have to get results for that that how much you’re charging, but you could charge them a little bit more value through your hourly pricing. Whereas, if you’re just charging for like five blog post, at the end of the day, they can get those five blog posts from any content writer, any inbound marketer um out there in the marketplace. Right now, over time, you can move into selling your services. What does that mean? Hey, we’re going to manage all of your Facebook ads for $5,000 a month. Right? So, now we’re not managing time. And we’re not selling a number of posts or whatever. We’re managing like a channel or a platform for a client. We can start charging a lot more per hour because you might have a client where you’re getting them phenomenal results on Facebook ads and you’re working only a few hours a month because of your proven frameworks. When your proven frameworks get really good, you can start to sell results. And this is where you’re going to start to really drive into valuebased selling. And ultimately, if you can get to this fifth level where you can guarantee your clients results, you’re going to make the most money per month from those recurring services. So, if you feel like you’re not ready to do a guarantee right now and to have a guaranteed service offering, that’s fine. Like, you know, sell to results or sell services or sell time or sell commodities. I don’t care what you’re going to sell. We’re going to sell something and realize this is a journey. If you’re starting at level one, great. Let’s get some clients paying you on a monthly basis and then just realize you got to start to increase the value of those services over time. Now, we make this shift, right? Like clients go from low value to high value. That means we’re selling into clients that are going to be worth 30, 40, 50, or even $100,000 or more per year to your business through your upfront project and your ongoing recurring revenue. So when we work with agencies like this is the type of shift that we make we see right low value services into those highv value services over time. Now I’ve got I think four more key principles. We’ve kind of gone through uh four or five or five or six of our key principles today. We’ve got four more uh key principles to drive into today’s session. Uh I’m looking at time. We’re just about at the hour. I want to make sure that you guys have an opportunity uh to book an agency growth session. So, if you want to be like Gretch and Trina, like Scott, like say, uh, that first step with us is to jump on that agency growth session. I’m going to put that link in chat here uh for you guys. If you click on that, I’ll walk through that form here in a second. Um, we’re going to go through uh key principle 6, 7, 8, and nine here in a second. Um, but if you’re hearing today’s content, you’re like, man, I wish I had more of this in my business. I wish I had accountability. I wish I had somebody to coach me through this process. That’s what these agency growth sessions are for. We’re going to spend an hour with you, help you get clarity on what’s going on in your business right now, build that vision for where you want to be, and identify some of those obstacles and roadblocks, and discuss if and how you gurus might help. So, if you want to know more about our programs, what U Academy Pro is, how we work with clients, how we get them these types of results, um then you want to go ahead and book into that session. So, if you pull up this screen here, if you guys click that link in chat, it’s going to take you to this page. Um go ahead and put your your name in here. this. It’s a couple step form, so it’s not going to submit right away. So, if you go ahead and fill out your your contact information, fill out your your website address. If you don’t yet have a website, that’s okay. You can put NA in there. Or, you know, if your website’s in, you know, being renovated, still put the URL. We’d love to take a look at it. Um, let us know what kind of agency you’re running. Are you running a web design, digital marketing? you know, when it comes to recurring revenue, uh, what type of agency you run, it’s going to change kind of our strategies and tactics for you, uh, in your business, whether your business is full-time income, um, what you would like your target revenue, or I’m sorry, your current monthly revenue is. So, this just helps us to kind of pinpoint, you know, what level is your agency at right now. Um, if you can be, you know, pretty honest and transparent with us on this stuff, it’s going to help you grow your business faster. Uh, let us know, you know, what your monthly revenue target is in the next 6 months. one or two uh sentences about your biggest challenges and this will just help our team to triage uh your issues and and bring you the best strategies. And this is going to be a call. So, if you can let us know, you know, what the best number is. It will be on Zoom, but it’s always nice for us to have a backup number there. Um let us know where uh you’re based. Not sure why my There we go. Uh so, if you’re in the US, if you’re in Canada or wherever, uh let us know what country you’re from. And so once you get to this, you’ll see the button changes to schedule your free call. Click on that and then it’s going to open up uh that live training uh strategy session. So it’ll give you the opportunity to book in with our team here. Um and then from here uh you’ll be able to schedule that time. If if if it gives you auler that’s for 15 minutes, um it just means that we might need a couple of more pieces of information from you uh from your application. So, uh, we’ll verify that information and then we’ll get you booked on that 1hour agency growth session. Um, so quick quick show of hands. Anybody have any questions on booking in for their agency growth session? Um, feel free to throw those in chat if you if you need help or assistance on getting that call booked. Um, I did see one person jump out of the room and pop back in. So, I’m going to put that link uh back into chat there. So, um, looks like we got a couple of folks who have already taken action from today’s session. So Gerald, excited to be talking to you. Say, uh, excited to be talking to you as well. And Snay, very cool to be talking to you, uh, helping you grow your agency. So if you have not yet booked that agency growth session, uh, make sure you do that now and we’d love to, uh, help you out. So, Joseph, yeah, wish I would had this a few weeks ago before I started offering cheap services. Uh, Joseph, definitely submit that app. Um, talk to our team. Like dude, you know, sometimes you’re going to be building the plane while you’re flying it. Uh what I can say, man, is it’s it’s never too late to make some pivots and changes and tax to these services. Um you know, entrepreneurship is a marathon, uh not a sprint. Now, it’s a series of sprints early on, but at the end of the day, like we need to set you up for success over the long run, and that means you’re probably going to make some mistakes here and there. That’s okay. It’s just part of the process, right? is learning from these lessons uh and not allowing them to stop you in your tracks. Okay, so excited to be uh doing that agency growth session with you. If you guys are on this call today and you have any questions about our agency growth sessions, um what those look like, how to get uh booked in for one of them, uh just let us know in chat here. So, key principle number six. Um yeah, awesome, Natalie. Very cool. Excited to have you here as well. So aim for three. So your packages when it comes to you know structuring your service offering and presenting offers to clients like having more than three packages um is is too many. Okay. Uh when it comes to your recurring offer having two or three pack packages is ideal. Three is really the sweet spot because it allows your client to choose which package do I want versus them saying yes or no to your offer. Some people um might not have the budget you think they have, right? They might tell you, “Oh yeah, I got this big budget. I can’t wait to get started.” And then when it actually gets down to it, um they don’t actually have a budget, right? And so for those people, um we want something that can get them started, uh but it’s not going to burn you out. So, your starter plan, you know, should be like, you know, 40% of the of the work of your of your tier 2 um at at maybe 80% of the price, right? So, we’re not going to we’re not going to charge them a lot less, but we’re going to charge them a little bit less and we’re going to we’re going to, you know, remove features from this plan um so that you can get people started for their budget, but we don’t want to promise them the farm at the starter plan. um your your second tier package. Really, this is what you want to be your most popular. This is the thing that you want your client to select. And then your top level package, think of this as like your VIP. If if money were no object, what would you pitch to your client? Uh it’s it’s the Ferrari, right? Like like you got your Honda, you got your Mercedes, and then you got your Ferrari. So, what does your Ferrari look like? And you know, are you creative enough to come up with like a compelling Ferrari? So, having these three packages going to help your client to make a decision and people will surprise you. We have people all the time that like choose the Ferrari, right? They’re ready to go. They’re they’re looking at stuff and they’re um you know, they surprise you. They come in and they buy your growth plan or your VIP plan uh and you’re like, “Wow, I didn’t expect that to happen.” Uh which brings me to pricing. You want to price your avatars. If your service offering is like $100 and $300 and $500 a month, like let’s be real, that’s the same customer. I mean, if you’re selling something that’s at scale and you have a lot of competition, like you’re a project management tool, like yes, those are very different levels of of of engagement uh for those types of tools. But for highv value services, like clients that can afford $200 a month, they can afford $500 a month. Like, we’re not talking about a different type of business. Uh, and so if if you have plans that are that close in price, merge those into one plan and then think about who’s that next tier of customer that you want to sell to and then have a plan for them. So when we think about pricing our avatars, you know, what could that look like? Well, you know, $1,000 a month to get started, 2,000 and 5,000. Like not every business that has $1,000 a month can have 5,000 a month, right? Um, oops, didn’t mean to go to that slide. So, like for example, you know, if you’re doing inbound marketing services and you’re you’re selling to some early stage businesses, they might be able to afford $1,000 a month, but they can’t afford 5K a month. That’s a good thing because you want them to go with your starter plan. You don’t want to have a $1,000 plan, a $1,500 plan, and a $2,000 plan because those are basically the same plans, right? I mean, maybe some businesses that that can afford a,000 can’t afford 2,000, but you want to have enough spread in your pricing to where you’re actually excluding some people uh from your different plans. All right. Now, um I’ve showed a bunch of these little worksheets and stuff today. Uh if this is something that you all want, I’ve got this recurring revenue handbook. I’m going to put AB’s uh Facebook Messenger into chat here. If you guys want that handbook with a bunch of these tools on it that I shared today, um just shoot AB a message and just say, “Hey, AB, I want the handbook. I want the recurring revenue handbook.” And he’ll hook you up with that uh over over Messenger today. All right. Uh and and there’s a bunch of cool tools um in that uh in that kit, right? the calculator, um the strategy mix, uh the the the the uh goals and game plan doc, the value ladder, um some of the service uh unpack sheets. Um there’s a bunch of different tools in there. Uh so yeah, shoot AB a message on that. Um for those of you that uh are ready to hit the ground running with recurring, our eighth principle is we’re going to activate these relationships. So this means building a list and attacking that list with high value engagement. Uh you know recurring revenue doesn’t just appear. You know you’re not going to be like sitting here in in six months right going oh man I have all this recurring revenue and I didn’t really do anything right like you need to build your list of past clients of current clients and you need to go talk to them about your services. If they ain’t buying, then you need to change your pitch and change your services. So, when we go and make a campaign against our list, I mean, we go after, you know, we we list out all of our clients. We we put them on like a master sales spreadsheet and we go after our our our current or past clients. We call them, we text them. Hey, we’ve got something new. We’ve got some exciting. You know, you have a few minutes to chat. You know, we deliver a ton of value in those conversations. A lot of them lead to nowhere. They just lead to us helping, you know, sending clients referrals, doing some coaching, some consulting. Like, we put a lot of time into value generation, but we have that list of opportunities. And so, don’t just look at your next pitch as the only opportunity you have to sell recurring. And I see agencies psych themselves out on this step all the time. I say, “Hey, how many past clients do you have?” And they say, “Oh, you know, 50 past clients.” Oh, cool. How often do you talk to them? like once a year and they start saying things like, “Yeah, my clients wouldn’t buy this sort of thing.” How do you know? Have you offered it to them? No, but I just I just know that it’s just it’s just not for them. Like the amount of times that I think to myself that somebody isn’t qualified or isn’t going to buy something and then they surprise me is incredible. Tons of people surprise me all the time. What you want to do is just make sure, hey, are these people marketing qualified leads? You know, do you have contact with them? Can you have a conversation with them? Spend 15, 20 minutes with them. Sus it out. Do a little discovery. Chat, you know, build some rapport. Maybe they know somebody. Maybe they actually, you know, maybe their business or life has changed in some way since you last spoke. Don’t make any assumptions. Build your list. Reach out. Connect with them. Get on the phone. start talking to them about what’s going on in their business and see if you can add value. At the very least, do some customer development. Figure out like what are their pains, what are their problems, what kind of services would they would they pay for um on a monthly basis. So, we’re going to activate those relationships. We’re not going to just sit around and hope people are going to sign up. We’re not going to send one email to our list and ask them to go buy your stuff over a web page. You’re going to schedule people on your calendar. That’s where agency sales happen. So, don’t try to build like a funnel or all that kind of stuff. Just reach out to people. Get them to book a call with you. Start talking to them about their business. Do some discovery. Tell them what you’re up to. See if they’re willing to look at your plans and packages and start actually overcoming real world objection objections. All right. Our last key principle here is that we’re going to make our offer compelling like the godfather, right? Like I’m going to make you an offer that you can’t refuse, right? like what’s the offer that your clients can’t refuse? If they’re not buying your stuff, how can you add more value into that offer? Are there any bonuses that you can offer them? Are there any results that you could promise them? Asking a client like, “Hey, what would it take to make this the easiest decision that you make this year? What would it take for you to say yes today?” And you know, and just, hey, totally like be creative, right? And sometimes clients will tell you like interesting stuff. They might say, “Uh, what if you did this for free for the first month?” And you could be like, “Okay, like I’m willing to do that.” Maybe you’re not willing to do that. Maybe they say that and you say, “Well, what if I did it for half off the first month?” And then they say, “Yeah, I can live with that.” Right? So, what what can you do to make your offer compelling? First, you’re going to ask your client, you know, what would get you to say yes for this service today? And if they are not able to tell you anything, then it means we probably have a service market mismatch. It means that your clients have no interest in what you’re offering. They don’t see a future where your service is going to provide them some type of of of result. Um, if you’re able to offer your client a risk reversal, so offering them a guarantee can be a way to do that. You can also offer your client uh even a payback where you pay them money if they don’t get results. a friend of mine runs Facebook ads workshops and he says, “Hey, if you’re not happy by the end of day one, it’s a two-day workshop. Um, I will not only give you your money back, but I will pay you $500 to reimburse you for your flight and your hotel to the to the uh off-site.” Right? That’s a very compelling offer because not only is he taking the, you know, he’s giving you money back for the investment, he’s actually paying you to, you know, take take the chance, right? Which is which is pretty cool. So, how can you make your offers more compelling? Make them more exciting for the clients that you serve. Now, we’ve covered a bunch of tactics today. Start offering recurring, building passive momentum, finding and solving the chronic and and many more. Which of these is going to help you most and why? Uh let us know in chat here. And big shout out to Elmer and Roland and Victoria and Paulo for taking action on today’s session. Andreas for taking action on today’s session. Uh looking forward to having calls with each and every one of you. Uh, which of these is going to help you most and why?
Paulo says one. Yeah, start offering it today. uh for aim for three cuz I don’t have anything really set up as a package and mostly do oneoff projects. Sn says three. Anaton says two. Uh Paula. Okay, got it. Thank you. Uh thank you Paula. Uh we have a a not currently on the team but co-orker that was on the team which was Paulo. So apologies on that one but Paula excited to be uh chatting with you. Yeah. So it looks like we got some good value from today. I mean, hopefully you take value from all of these things today, but I realize one of these things is probably the thing that you need next, right? That’s the thing that is holding you back and you want to be able to implement in your business um as soon as possible. And that’s the thing that I want to make sure every one of you does today is take some type of action from today’s session to implement this into your business. Now, uh you know, when we started off this session, right, like I’ve talked a lot about how we’ve gotten customers results with with this methodology. I mean, when Drew Herel came to our business, you know, he was doing, I think, less than half a million a year. He now runs a business doing over seven figures a year. He’s got killer recurring revenue plans. Over half of his business comes from, uh, recurring. And that’s, you know, all the stuff that you learned today is the stuff that Drew implemented into his business. Uh, it’s the same stuff that I implemented into my agency that I helped me go from 3% recurring to 50% recurring to now today my agency UnlimitedWed WP has a 100% of its revenue coming from recurring. And the more recurring revenue you can generate, the more you can get off that roller coaster. And I hope each of you like you might have a rock bottom moment at some point in your business, but like I hope it’s not as challenging as the thing that I had to go through with three bucks in my bank account. You don’t want to be in that position. You want to follow a road map to gaining the freedom you want in your business. You don’t want to be inventing the stuff uh through trial and error, right? You don’t want to reinvent the wheel. You want to use a proven system and a proven process. Um when we started implementing that in our business, we became one of the fastest growing companies in Colorado. We were featured as a top Denver uh design and development firm. In 2012, we were able to uh have our agency get acquired and we were able to create a very successful exit for myself and for my business partner. And whether exits in your future or just running a profitable lifestyle business is in your future, recurring revenue is going to be how you get there. And so, I want to leave you with this question today of what it would look like for your business if you had 5x or 10x more recurring revenue in your business. Or heck, for some of you that don’t have any yet, just to have recurring revenue in your business might be a big leap forward. You know, would you feel like you’re kind of spinning uh your wheels in the mud? Or would you finally feel like, wow, I’ve got a business. I’ve got um, you know, clients. I’ve got regular predictable income coming through my business each and every month. You know, I’d hope you’d go from, you know, that kind of spinning your wheels to having something to celebrate. Today, we talked through our agency freedom model. I introduced some concepts. Today, this is the thing that you need to master in your business um in order to to to get the results that you want. Today, we went deep on multiplying the recurring revenue in your business. We unpacked nine key principles that you need to have in order to win with recurring revenue. Uh but I want you to commit today. Draw a line in the sand. Take one action, at least one action from today’s session. Uh now, that could be, you know, going and calling all of your clients. It could be making that list. It could be, you know, structuring out your uh recurring plans for the first time. It could be uh one of many things. Now, I hope one of those things is going to be to schedule uh an hour with our team. Uh and yeah, Joseph, if if you got the 15-minute call, it just means that one of our team members, Dakota or uh AB, probably Dakota, um we’ll just jump on a quick 15-minute call with you and collect some just additional info, ask a couple questions, and then Yeah. Yeah. So, Dakota, he’s he’s awesome, dude. Dakota is uh is an amazing resource and and so, you know, it might be more than 15 minutes, but it’ll just be a quick intro call, get to know kind of where you’re at in the business, and then we’ll set up that one hour uh agency growth session from there, right? So, you’ll you know, it’s almost like you’ll do a mini growth session with Dakota um before we put you with one of our senior strategists. Okay. Uh so, yeah, if you haven’t yet done that, book into those calls and I’m looking forward to chatting with you, Joseph. I did just see that app come through. I’ll give my team a heads up. Uh Andress, excited to be talking to you as well. So, um yeah, one of the great things about these calls is that we’re going to put an hour aside with you to work on your business versus you just being in your business all the time. And if you’re somebody who’s working at home, you’ve got maybe a small team, uh you don’t have somebody to bounce these ideas off of because it’s hard to go to your employees and your team and talk about, you know, your biggest business issues. it might be difficult to go to a spouse or somebody that doesn’t understand how to grow this type of business to get real objective feedback on what it’s going to take to get your business to the next level. And that’s where you can leverage this hour. You know, one of our core values at UGurus is to help first. So, we want to help you through these free trainings. We want to help you through our agency growth sessions and looking forward to chatting with uh each and every one of you. If you have questions about lead genen, about recurring revenue, about sales, uh happy to stick around here for a few minutes and answer any specific questions that might be uh percolating for you in your business. Um let me know in chat or use the raise your hand feature. Happy to jump on with one or two people here before we close out today. Um is there an area around recurring revenue, around lead acquisition that you need some help on? Uh now is the time to ask that question and get some assistance.
Give another minute or so to answer any questions here if I’m seeing those come through chat. Couple of DMs. Uh we will be sharing a recording of today’s session. So, if you do want to rewatch um this session, uh keep a lookout on your email. Uh Jeff, uh great question there. Too much to process. Paula, uh if I know how much the customer makes from all sales, but I don’t know their costs, what’s a good way to set up recurring pricing on critical services uh for their business? Okay. Hey, Jeff, you mind coming on microphone for a couple of seconds? Sure. Yeah. So like can you so like you know you know much how much revenue the business does. Is that is that what I’m getting exactly? I know all of that uh mainly because our system tracks that. So Okay. So you you kind of already have like a window into into what the business is doing. And then what’s your core service offering? Uh we do like business logistics. So we kind of manage all of their uh operations. Okay. And what’s the company make? They do uh shuttle services. They do shuttle services like like airport shuttles. Okay. Not like shuttles like to the moon and stuff. Um no, that’d be great, too. I’d love to get a client like that. But like ballpark, what’s the revenue? You know, I don’t even know that. So, okay. I could go do the math, but I don’t know. Okay. Well, let’s just say like if we want to use client revenue as a basis for developing like let’s say for instance a business is doing a million a year, right? I mean, I think probably a business doing shuttle services probably is doing more than that. If I had to guess for an airport or whatever, you know, they probably have a lot of hardware and equipment and lots of, you know, employees and working around the clock, right? But like typically businesses spend, you know, 7% of revenue on marketing plus ads. Now you’re doing business logistics. So like there’s some, you know, I I know this I know this stat because it’s, you know, most website developers, digital marketers are are doing stuff through uh through ads. Um and uh and let me just check there. Sorry, Casey in chat. Um looks like there aren’t availability on that calendar. Um, so I will have uh somebody from my team reach out to you and figure out what’s going on with that scheduler. Um, I do know we’ve got one strategist out this week. Um, and so it might be pushing into next week, but we can get you uh a message to uh to book that time. So anybody that gets that screen that doesn’t show times available, um, we will get you hooked up with u with somebody’s schedule there. Um, so like with business logistics and ops, right? Let’s say we’ve got uh this million 7%. Let’s say we’re doing like ongoing website management type stuff, right? This client has ballpark, you know, 70,000 a year to spend on all their marketing and ads type services. That means like, you know, potentially employee salaries, agencies, ad spend, right? All in. Uh and so if I went to this client and I charged them, you know, 5K a month, right? That’s $60,000 a year. That’s basically their entire budget for marketing ads. Um now if I am their essentially like their marketing team and my agency is basically like you know serving their entire marketing system then that could work right so you just kind of want to look at like overall what kind of revenue they’re doing help you price the avatar a little bit but you also have to look at what kind of value you’re providing and how much your customer uh values that service right okay so like you know this is I’m not giving you a very clear answer but this would be like one way to work backwards from revenue to give to get an idea of um you know what your client might be able to afford. Perfect. Thank you. Okay. Um and then this question came in uh any organic lead acquisition strategies that you can recommend. Uh so we do run a lead genen webinar Nelvin. Uh I think the next one is maybe next Wednesday. Um our general lead genen uh frameworks are around attract strategies and we like to do one to many uh channels and so that means uh blogs, podcasts, um you know associations, webinars, anywhere in your target market that has a one to many audience. We want you to go in there, be the expert, deliver highv value content like we’re doing today, right? Like think about this webinar. We had, you know, 30 or 40 people here live today and we got a whole bunch of people that are are scheduling calls with us because we come in, we talk about the problems that you’re facing. We deliver value, specific strategies and tactics on how to overcome those things. We offer a next step and we’re able to generate some opportunity there. Maybe some people that we talk to will just help and send them on their way. Maybe some people will become clients. Um, that’s just kind of the abundant mindset we have with that. So what you want to do is find what what channels Nelvin then are available in your market. So if you don’t yet know who your target customer is, that’s the first step to to solve, right? So when it comes to attract, we have five A’s, right? Uh the first A is audience. So if I can spell today audience. Uh the second A is awareness. So that’s think of this as you know who’s my customer. Awareness is where can I find them? Where do they hang out? Uh the second the third A is attract and that is what I’m going to say to them. Okay. Uh the fourth A is authority. Um that’s how I’m going to say it to them. And then acquire is how they’re going to schedule, right? When are they going to schedule my calendar? Okay. So, if you don’t yet know who your ideal customer is, then that’s your homework. If you know who your customer is, but you don’t know where they hang out, then that’s your homework. If you know who your customer is, you know where they hang out, you don’t know what to say to them, then that’s your homework. If what you’re signing to them is not getting them to take action, then you need to look at either the content and and work on that or you need to position yourself as uh a higher authority through thirdparty endorsements, through uh credibility, through proof points, through case studies. Um if you’re doing all of that and nobody is booking on your calendar, then you need to look at that funnel, right? If you’re out there in your market, you’re talking to people, you’re giving keynotes, you’re you’re on podcasts, you’re writing guest blog posts, you’re, you know, getting influencers to promote you, and nobody’s scheduling with you, then the funnel is probably the problem, right? And so, we’re going to we’re going to look at these things in that order. This being the number one and this being the number five thing. Okay? So, that’s a little crash course on uh targeted marketing. uh for that. In terms of scripts for Legion, uh Paula, can you come on microphone here for a quick sec? Yep. Yeah. So, who’s who’s your customer? I think that’s probably what’s changed in the last um few years. So, I think that’s where my homework lies. But yeah. Yeah. So, like, you know, how do we write a script for somebody that we don’t know who it is, right? Right. Yeah. So, you know, and then the context matters, right? Like where where are you actually communicating to them? what does that look like? Um, you know, but I I think once you know who that customer is and you know where they hang out and you can get a list of them or somehow they’re contacting you, right? Like writing a script is is pretty easy. Um, if you don’t know who the customer is, then that gets that that’s really hard. Right. Right. Yeah. No, that I understand. I I do do a lot of networking, so I do meet a lot of people that are who I think is my target audience. Mhm. I haven’t spent a lot of time defining, but just business owners that, you know, have fair fairly well established businesses. Um, but I don’t have I I feel like it’s my like what I say. I’m too laidback about it. I I don’t have like the I guess that that part where I would push them and like not push but you know like lead them to like hey book a call with me so I can talk to you about what we can offer. That thing I don’t have. Yep. So you go to like networking events? Yes. Yeah. Um or what kind of events are those? So I belong to business network uh internationals. Uh oh. So like that’s a weekly thing. And then I belong to BX which is a new country. Uh yeah uh business exponential which is one from Australia. Um and a few other ones. And and what’s your core service offering? uh our where our most most of our core is web design but we also do social media management and SEO. Um social media management we do have you recurring revenue obviously from that but it’s it’s getting it’s making that plan like you said to acquire so many per month or whatever. We we haven’t put that into place. It’s kind of just my business is only four years old. Um so but we are re our revenue is about 30,000 a month right now. So it’s it started with just me. So it’s grown too big too fast, I guess. So a lot of our services came from just me having to fill the need that they that my clients needed and less time was spent really thinking about, you know, what the prices of those should be. Yeah. And the pricing structure. So So like opener for you, like again, if this is somebody you’re like at a networking event, it’s like, you know, hey, tell me about your business, right? like what do you guys do in terms of online? Like how does online work for you with your business, right? Is it is it is it working? Is it not working? Are you not sure? Right? I mean, those are I’m just going to like those are the types of openers that I would be interested in knowing if those are my services, you know? And so, you know, if I’m talking to somebody and they’re like, you know, and I might even be like, “Hey, can I just like ask you kind of a like a personal question, right? I might like frame it in like a way that gets them to go like, “Oh, what’s what’s Paula gonna ask me?” Right? And it’s like, you know, is your is your like website and your online business like is it working for you guys or is there like you guys have some challenges, right? Which I I literally just did not ask you a personal question. I just asked you about, you know, your business, right? But like find some way to get somebody to open up about what’s going on with their online business. And you know and then from there you know it’s just like hey you know something that we do for uh people that we meet is um you know we kind of pop the hood like look at things look at their analytics look at what’s going on you know would you be open to just a quick little like kind of audit call where we you know between now and then I’ll I’ll look at your site I’ll run some analysis with some of the tools we have. I’ll take a look at your social, you know, and I’ll just give you like my honest feedback of like why I think maybe you’re you’re not getting the results that you want and, you know, maybe that’s something that’s helpful for you and you guys can go implement or maybe it’s something that we could help you with in a more meaningful way, right? So, so that would be an example for you of what that script might look like in an in-person setting. And then, you know, over email or over messenger, right? It’s going to be pretty similar. We’re just going to have, you know, have to learn how to do that through through like a text message, right? Like Like let’s say you and I met at an event, you know, and we chatted about business stuff. Um I might send you a message that says, you know, hey Paula, you know, really great meeting you. Uh you know, curious. Do you have a couple minutes to chat real quick? I had a thought about some of the stuff that you were talking to me at the event, right? And so now I’m just getting you to be curious like, oh, what is what did Brent think about? Right? It’s like, oh, what were you thinking about? I was like, “Oh, well, you know, I was just I had a chance to look at your site and I had a couple of things that I thought maybe um you know, you might want to look at, right? And if you have five minutes, that’d be great. If not, like I totally get it, right?” So, we’re just trying to create some curiosity, um some intrigue from those interactions that you’re having and getting folks to engage with you on a next call. Um, if you were going to be up in front of an audience and you were going to speak to the entire BNI chapter, then um, you know, I would probably try to craft that into like a high value audit that’s really tied to whatever your presentations on. So, if you’re giving a presentation on SEO, then saying, “Hey, if you guys want me to do like a deep dive analysis on your current SEO rankings, I can run some reports. It’s going to take me a little bit of energy, some time, but you’re all BNI members. I love BNI and I want to help you grow your business. So, just shoot me an email, right? Like Paulaggency.com and I’ll run all the analysis for you. I’ll jump on a call 15 20 minutes. We can review that with you and and give you some pointers on how to help your your business grow. Okay. So, so now we’re giving an offer to a room, casual, but also clear. Here are the next steps. Answer the question. what’s in it for them? What’s the value that they’re going to get from that interaction? Like we know what’s going to be in it for you. We want to we want to make sure that they know what’s going to be in it for them and then get them to engage in that next step.
Yeah. I mean, I do get a lot of leads from from that. It’s my main source of leads really like is networking. Yep. Um but yeah, so I just would like to leverage it a bit better if I’m going to be spending the time. Yeah. Right. I mean it and and I think too it’s um you know I mean look networking is is onetoone networking like I don’t know where you want to go long term but like for me personally like it’s it’s just hard work because you got to like get in a car you got to drive someplace you got to like put the name tag on it’s like sometimes it’s hit and miss it’s like I don’t know right it’s like it’s a lonely drive home when you go to the networking event and like you don’t get any leads or whatever like you you met 10 real estate agents that are all trying to sell you a house, right? Um, so, so like one to many channels would be the thing that I, you know, if we’re going to plant a seed for you is getting like more clear on your who and figuring out more of like where those people hang out and start to transition into like highv value content where like people are going to just start banging down your door from that presentation, from that piece of content and you don’t have to drive anywhere. Perfect. Thank you. Cool. Thanks for being here, Paula. Uh, I’m not seeing any other questions from chat and uh, we’re coming up here right on time. So, I’m going to throw our link to those agency growth sessions. If you have not yet taken that action today, just one friendly reminder, if you want this type of coaching, this type of help in your business, but on a one-on-one level, and really want to take that agency to the next level, then that’s going to be that next step for you. Uh, click on that link. couple uh you know couple page application there and our team will help out and if for whatever reason you get that scheduler that doesn’t show availability uh Joe or myself will personally reach out to you um after today’s event and uh make sure that we get you on a good time there. So apologies for anybody that did not get that um scheduled opportunity. So um thanks again for being here. Good to see you Katherine Marlene. Good to see you here today. Didn’t see you jump in. George and Leo and Angel and and Paula, great questions. Hong, great to see you. Peter, Casey, Anaton, Flo, awesome folks here today. Thanks for being a part of our Yugurus’s journey to help 10,000 agencies achieve freedom and business life. That is our program for today and we’ll see you uh next week on another free webinar around lead genen. Thanks again for being here. Until next time, I’m Brent Weaver. See you Hong. Thank you.
-
09/13/2026 – Generative AI Mastermind – Day 2 Part 2
People are literally willing to pay us tens of thousands of dollars just to learn this because everybody wants their own AI employee. And that is what you’re going to learn right here. This was just week one, guys. Now, we’re just getting started. On week two, we take it a notch up. What do we do? Well, on week two, on day one, on day two and I mean day eight and day nine, we go deep into claude because you have to understand something that there is claude code, there is claude core work, there is hosted, there is local clot, there is so many things that you can do with claude that most people have no idea about and we want you guys to go deep into it and that is what we teach you on day eight and day 9. You’ll do so many things that you’ll not even believe. Then we go into advanced MCPS and workflows. What if an MCP doesn’t exist? You learn how to create it. You’re going to learn how to connect apps. For example, you saw how my Jerry was able to p pull all my social media metrics. How was it able to do? It’s not as simple as you think it is, right? That involves you to build your own MCP servers. And again, when I say you have to build your own MCP servers, you might be like, “Oh my god, that sounds technical.” It is not. Calm down. I don’t know. I’ve never written a single line of code myself. Don’t worry about it. And that is what you’re going to learn on day 10. On day 11, you’re going to learn the back end of your air system. You learn how to build a product like I told you, right? How do you build the back end of it is what we teach you here. On day 12, this is a favorite. By the way, uh the last two cohorts, this has been the favorite, one of the highest rated, and that is Codex deep dive. What is Codex deep dive? Today you saw how I was able to use my harness of OpenAI which is Codeex to be able to do so many decision making right inside of it. That is what you guys are going to get a sense of on day 12 right here. We’re going to go deep into it so that you can use codeex like a boss. Of course, chat gypy work as well. And finally on day 13 we go into aentic uh opensource softwares like open clone hermes which will allow you to build your Jerry 2.0. 0 first you’ll build Jerry 1.0 which will do the task that you asked to and it will perform it. Jerry 2.0 will be built on day 13 which is like a full day again where you take it to the next level which will be proactive which knows what you want learns from how you work and will become a proactive employee. So Jerry 1.0 that you learn on week one is a foundations where you’ll get a employee who you can rate three out of five. Jerry 2.0 is going to be your rockstar five out of five employee. And every time I say employee, there are a lot of people out there like, “Oh, I’m not a founder. I don’t need an employee.” Guys, even if you’re working for a job, even if you’re a freelancer, even if you’re a consultant, all of us need help. We have to act like CEOs. So, you need to learn how to build your AI agents or AI employees. And that is what you’re going to learn here. And on day 14, we also want you to get a sense of how you can now that you’ve learned so many things, how can you translate all these things into dollars into monetization? And that is what we teach you on 14 days. So guys, in 14 days, this is everything that you’ll be accomplishing. Don’t you think this is insane? If you think this is insane, drop in a heart. This is everything that you will learn in just 14 days. something that I guarantee you will take people an year to get to. Even if they spend 10 to 15 hours a week, because I know it, even if they spend 10 to 15 hours a week, it will literally take them an year to get to. And by the time they get there, everything has changed. And that is the unfair advantage that we wanted to give you. And that is why we did something that only freaks would do. That is learn as much as possible as fast as possible. Because we are living in the world of not just AI, AGI right now. Agi is here guys. Jensen Wong said it, Sam Alman said it. And to be very frank, I’ve been experiencing it every single day. AI is getting better every 30 days to a level that’s unimaginable. Getting a head start is very, very important. Of course, you have not managed to get here so far, but it’s not too late. Now is the time to take action if you’re serious about it. Make sense? And does that make sense? Awesome. Now, folks, here’s the thing. The 14-day mega sprint that I was talking about has a date that it starts from. Here are the two options that we have for you. You can pick any of them that you like. And as you get a chance to join the cohort or make the payment, you will be able to select the slots that you want to. And you can see both the slots right here on the screen. And let’s say for whatever reason these two slots are not working for you. That should not be a problem. We will be happy to move you to a future chord. Let’s say we’ll be happy to move you to a cohort that will be happening on December or January for free. We allow one moment for free. Don’t worry about it. These are the dates. You can pick the ones that you like. My team will share the dates on the chat just for you to refer back later as you decide to join as well. The next thing that I want to talk about are the live session timings. What are the live session timings? Well, we have from Monday to Friday, we have 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST. And of course, right, we also on on the weekends, we basically have a weekend timings as well, right? Uh funny there were more slots also, right? Uh yes, Bab. So, Monday to Friday it’s going to be uh you know either of these slots and Saturday and Sunday it’s the full day 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. ES. Oh, my bad. I got confused for a second. Sorry. I’ve been talking for so long that I got confused for a second. My god, even you changed the slide format, so I got confused. Okay, guys. My bad. My bad. Okay, thanks funny for intervening. Uh here’s the thing, guys. We have two slots. Okay, you can pick whichever slot that works for you. From Monday to Friday, you have two slots. that is 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST or you have a slot number two which is 7:00 a.m. to 11:00 p.m. EST. If you are, you can join whichever slot you want because there are people from all over the world who are joining our cohorts. And to be very honest, this is the first time we have added a second slot purely because a lot of people requested because a few people had work and they could not avoid it in a few days and a few people so we tried to fit in the best way possible and I really hope one of these slots works for you based on the country that you come from. You can just ask it to change it into your time zone. That’s the timings for Monday to Friday, guys. And on Saturday and Sunday, it’s the same slot for everyone. 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time because it’s going to be a full day. Well, the other slot could have been over the night, which we don’t want you to go through. But 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on Saturday and Sunday, that’s the only slot. But from Monday to Friday, we have two flexible slots that you can pick from, which is 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. EST slot number one, 7:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. EST slot number two. You can join whichever slot that works for you that day for you. Is this clear? Is this clear? Give me a thumbs up because I know this is very important. We have two slots on the weekdays for people who are working, who are founders, who get busy. So, we wanted to make it easy for all of you people. Those are the live session timings. Now, here’s the full schedule. Like you can clearly see right now the option number one, the option number two on dates. In terms of live session timings, you have two different slots. They’re not two different sessions, guys. There are two different slots. You can pick any one of them. Let’s say you joined the 10:00 a.m. slot. You understood, but you didn’t understand completely and you wanted to refresh yourself. You can join both the slots, but we’re going to be teaching you the exact same thing in both the slots from Monday to Friday. And on Saturday and Sunday, there’s only one slot. And finally, recordings will be available to every session. And like I told you, for whatever reason, the two date slots that we have here, if they don’t work for you, don’t worry about it. We’ll be happy to move you to a future slot as well. That is with the 14-day schedule. Now, the second part of the program, we have nine more to go, but now I I uh I mean, I swear I’m going to be very quick right now. The second part of it is the 48 hour buildathon. What is a 48 hour buildathon? Now that you’ve learned a ton of things over the course of 14 days, it’s time for you to put things into actions. So what do we do? We put you into groups of people, the people from literally all over the world who you will see, right? Uh you saw how diverse this community was. It’s going to be as diverse as that is, right? Fun fact, in the last 90 days, uh we’ve had people from 147 different countries coming and learning from us. So that’s pretty much all the countries with access to the internet. That is how diverse it is. So we’re going to put you together into a group based on the time zone that you are in. You’ll be given a task or you can come up with your own assignment and ship that product in 48 hours and get a chance to demo it. It’s a global buildathon that you will participate in. That is the part. So you learn and then you execute. But the third part of it is something very interesting. You see the third part of it is the AI content library. What is this? We realized you learn a lot over two weeks and then you build. But that doesn’t mean you’ve learned it all. So how do we make sure that we give you enough value all throughout the year so that you can continue to learn? The 14-day thing is going to act like your ignition engine. You get started and you get a nitro boost, get far ahead from everybody else. Then you get access to this content library. The content library has content that you can watch at your own pace over the course of one full year. What does it include? You basically learn AI for data analysis, AI to apply jobs, AI for research, AI for marketing, AI for product building, AI for design, AI for content writing, AI for sales, AI for operations and of course a bunch of tool deep dives as well. Like all the tools that you see like claude, chat, GPT, notebook LM, hugging face, zapier, copilot, diffy, smithy, genspark, notion, you’re going to learn and go deep into all of them. And of course, right, we also have created a bunch of additional courses. This is a lot of content that you guys will get access to. Imagine this to be like a Netflix of AI for you so that you can keep consuming, keep getting updated over the course of next 12 months. It’s recorded. We we keep adding courses every single month and we refresh every single piece of content every quarter because AI is moving that fast and we want to keep you up to date across. That is the third part of it. The fourth part of it is we gave you AI, we gave you a buildathon, we gave you a bunch of content library and tools and workflows and deep types for you guys to master AI. But just mastering AI is not enough. Having understanding of modern business is very important. As a result, we partnered with Kairo school of business which sells an online business program, the modern online business program for $3,000. We partnered with them and they have a content library that they have created with CXOs that has courses on first principles thinking, design thinking, operations, product sense, consulting and all these courses are taught by people from Airbnb, Canva, you know, largest of the BCG, largest of the companies so that you can pick up all these skills yourself. They’re completely recorded. You can watch it any number of times over the course of one year. So you have AI and you have business skills sorted. Next, it’s time for you to help you make money. How do you make money? Well, we teach you how you can monetize all your skills. You have learned a bunch of things. That is great. How do you translate them into dollars? Well, we teach you how to generate organic sales, how to use LinkedIn AI and automation in the right way. We teach you how to do cold emailing using AI, how the foundations of consulting, foundation of meta ads and Google ads as well. And the whole thing is completely recorded. You have access to it for the next 12 months. Whenever you’re ready to do it, you get right inside of it and start translating your skills into dollars. Next is this part six, which is something that we have started to add. The next five things are something that we just recently added. So you guys are up for a treat. You see, we realized AI is changing so rapidly. It is so hard to keep up. So, how do we make sure we keep you updated all the time? So, we took up a mountain of a task. We said, “We’re going to do one live session every single week for the next one year. Are you guys even realizing what this is? AI is changing so fast. It’s very hard to keep up even for me.” So, we built this product as part of it. All of you guys will get access to it where top mentors will come in, spend 30 to 40 minutes every single week talking going deep into one big launch of that week which is very important and the rest 30 minutes is dedicated to run you through all the updates and the next 30 minutes is dedicated to take your questions. And this will happen every single week for the rest of the year. So that at any point of time if you’re stuck we got your back. Don’t you think that is incredible? In the world of AI that we are living in a support layer is very very important. A way for us to stay updated to ask questions is very very important. One week you go for a vacation things fundamentally change. Once you get inside of Axelator you’ll realize where AI has got to. There’s a reason why the world is saying AI is here and truly is. But the most people in the world think AI is chat GPT of asking a question and getting an answer. You don’t. And this will keep you updated for the next one year so that you would never go out to dated. That is the sixth part of it. But what could be the seventh part of it? Well, what if something big launches? For example, GPT6 Astra launched uh a few weeks back. It’s massive. It fundamentally changes everything. I could not even teach you GB6 Astra because I would have to spend good 5 hours just talking about how insane it is and what you can do with it. But something new just dropped. And you know what? Let’s say you took Accelerator 4 months back. We’re probably not teaching GPT6 Astro then. So how do we help? Well, we do something called as monthly AI sprints. Sprints are dedicated for something tectonic, something large, something that will not be done in 1 hour, which you might have got a doubt before when I said live Q&A sessions over the week. You’ll be like, how can they teach us everything that happened in the 30 minutes? We can’t something big when it comes it need two to three days and you can’t dedicate two to three days every single week. So we do a monthly sprint. a monthly sprint where you people decide out of all the crazy things that have come out what is that that you would like to learn as a team and we spend two to three days every single month going deep into the stuff where you learn where you build where you get certified. If you’re in this for 12 months you get 12 sprints and on top of that you get recordings to all the old sprints that you have already done. These are some of the old sprints that we did some time back. That is an AI sprint. That’s not it guys. Your network is your net worth. And the network that an outskill can enable is unparalleled. And you know why? I told you the reason. You walk into any not I would not even say large city any city in the world. You walk into any top 100 cities in the world, you will have you will find outskill learners in that city. When we have such incredible community, you guys should have access to it, right? And these are all AI first. If you’re in Lisbon next week, you should be able to get in touch with someone at Lisbon. You have the community here. And that is the online AI community that we have built. A community that meets, that catches up, that solves problems, has over 20, sorry 18,000 people so far from literally every country on which has internet out there and you can catch, you can sync and do bunch of things. We’re doing more and more here and on top of that we recently started doing offline catchups. So if you are someone let’s say in uh let’s say Portugal, if you’re someone in Bonasaris, if you’re someone at CDMX, if you’re someone at Santa Clara, if you’re someone at San Jose, if you’re someone at Texas, if you’re someone at Dubai and you’re like, is there a community that I can meet of outskill here who are people like me who are mad about AI like me who are driven to be winning in the AI first world? Most of the times the answer is yes. And we allow you to host these meetups so that you can meet each other no matter where you are. Don’t you think that is insane? People have found their co-founders. People have found their you know co-workers. People have hired people from this. People have got hired inside of this. The community is just wild guys and that is what you will get access to for life. Then we also thought look these are new additions and we also thought there are a lot of things happening every single day in the world of AI. Do we have to make people wait for the end of the week for them to know about what’s happening in the world of AI? So we created a premium AI newsletter and a daily AI updates community. A premium AI newsletter that drops three times a week so that you don’t have to wait for the end of the week. Whatever my team is experimenting with, playing with, we usually document them and send them in form of a newsletter for only our special people that comes three times a week. But there’s something that comes every single day as well because if something big has dropped today, I want you guys to know it now. How do we do that? Well, we have an exclusive outskll AI updates WhatsApp community where every time something big drops, you will have it in the community. end of the day. So all you have to do to stay updated on every single day level is just open this community. There will be a note out there on everything that has happened. Just read it and you’re done. You don’t have to break your head on Twitter. You have to don’t have to break your head on YouTube. You don’t have to break your head anywhere. And that is something that we just started to enable people. These are all coming from requests of our learners and we are building one at a time. And the final new addition is an AI mentor that you guys access to for one year. Now what is this AI mentor? Is this similar to the one that we have just built? Not really. You saw the AI mentor that we built. Imagine this 10 times more advanced. This AI mentor knows who you are. This AI mentor understands who you are, learns with you about you and gets better with you to be a better teacher. What does that mean? As you start using this app, this AI mentor has been trained with all the content, all the sessions that we have done, all the knowledge that there is with all the knowledge that you have learned about. There’s a new personalization layer that we are adding to this where you introduce yourself. So, it syncs with your uh it syncs with your LinkedIn, it syncs with your resume. We are enabling new features like syncing with your email and calendars as well. So it knows what are the new problems that you’re solving and it gets better and better over the course of time and whenever you ask a question it knows that you’re a marketer working in a company X with so many years of experience and your company is doing why and you’ve had these four problems in the past. It knows all this context and based on that it also knows what you have learned from us inside of this accelerator program. Based on that, it gives you an answer personalized based on what your teachers have taught. This is your personal AI mentor. Isn’t that insane, guys? Don’t you think this will be insanely useful? You’re in a meeting, you have learned something from some video course and you can’t remember what that is. The AI understands what you have learned. You just have to say hey there was this thing that uh you know web hub was teaching us uh where you know he was using some tool to be able to run local models and then he also mentioned that I can run it on codeex and then he told me that it was in one of the courses can you help me point that information so I can learn it quickly it can that is what we are building and that is what you guys will get access to once you’re I mean this is still in uh development and you will have it in like the next couple of weeks pretty much after your court is over. That is your AI mentor guys. And this is everything that you’re going to get in the accelerator program. What do you think of this? Drop in a heart if you like what you are seeing. I told you there is nothing like this anywhere on the freaking internet. And you know what? I’m not even come to the best part. I’m not even come to the best part. Here’s the thing, guys. We spent about 4 hours learning today, right? And we played with like a couple of tools in those 4 hours. But for you to be able to get the most out of AI, you need to be able to use the best AI tools out there. And the best AI tools out there cost you a lot of money. We wanted to solve that problem. Hence, we brought in an incredible bonus for people who are part of our AI accelerator program. And this is even special because this is going to be confined to people only who are on this session who are going to join the program today in the next 20 minutes. And there’s a reason why and you will know why. Folks, this is the bonus that I didn’t want to tell before I started to talk about this program because if you would have known about this bonus, you would have probably I mean everybody would have stayed just to know about it. And you guys are here, you guys are lucky because today when you join the AI accelerator program within 20 minutes of time slot that you get, you guys will get one year paid access to Emily. Emily is a tool which is incredible. It’s like your sidekick. You can see this. This is Emily. This is your sidekick. You can It can literally summarize any website. You can chat with any of the website. You can play with multiple AI models all inside of it. It is magic. It can write LinkedIn comments for you. It can pretty much do anything and everything out there. It can literally summarize YouTube videos for you. You can chat with a YouTube video with Emily. It is your sidekick. And you guys are going to get Emily, which is literally worth at this point of time $19 a month if I’m not wrong for free when you join the AI accelerator program. But that’s not it. You guys will also get access to something called as Supergrow. Now what is Supergrow? Supergrow is this incredible platform which cost you $39 a month. It’s an incredible platform for people who want to win the game of LinkedIn. This is a platform that can help you create content, track what’s working, and put everything on brand. And on top of that, it plugs into your AI to be able to do everything. So guys, here’s the thing. For you to be able to win the game of distribution in the world of AI, you need to be able to crack LinkedIn. Superglow is that one tool that can help you crack the game of LinkedIn. That’s exactly why it’s $40 a month. But you know what? All of you guys will get one year paid access of Super Grow for free when you join the program. But that’s not it. When we talk about distribution, owning the distribution is something very very important. When you build following on LinkedIn, it’s great. But being owning those audience is very important. If your LinkedIn account goes away, all that audience are gone. So I am a huge believer of building newsletters and we want you to build newsletters. As a result we did a partnership with humanic where it’s a AI native email marketing software and you guys will literally get the growth plan of humanic for 1 year for free which will allow you to send up to 10,000 emails a month so that you get started. We are trying to take care of your business going forward as well in some form or fashion. Humanic is insane. You’re going to learn about a lot of these tools uh today in the today over the course of time as well. But I wanted to quickly say you’re going to get humanic for one year for free. Not just that, if you remember Fireflies AI, the same AI tool which can join meetings on your behalf, take notes, and of course uh do all the good stuff with you. Fireflies AI is worth $108 and you get six months of pro access of Fireflies AI when you join the program. They have also launched an email assistant which is insane. You also get one year access of automate IQ. Automate IQ is this incredible tool which has series of automations that you can oneclick deploy and I quickly spoke about it today. Any which ways you guys will get one year pro access of automate IQ as well. And for all the people who want to make sure that you’re getting your prompts game right, you guys will get one year access to prompts library as well. Yes, the same tool that I told you which has tens of thousands of prompts. You can just search for it, get an answer. That is what you guys will get an access to as well. Prompt library.click worth literally $200 for free. But that’s not it. How many of you guys remember skills? I taught you how we can build a skill on AI. But you know what? What we built is a very basic skill. You can get literally hundreds, not hundreds, thousands of skills. This is skill hunter guys where it literally has 5,000 plus skills inside of it. You literally look for a problem. There is someone in the world who has created a skill for it. It’s a membership platform called a skill hunter. It literally costs I think $300 lifetime. It’s what it cost you to get it because you can literally oneclick import a skill and start using it inside of your claude or chat GPD or codeex or whatever and literally operate in the next level. You don’t have to pay this $300 to get skill hunter for lifetime because we are taking care of that for you guys. It’s not just the annual plan that you’re getting access to. We just upgraded all of you guys to the lifetime access to skill hunter. But that not that’s not it. Do you remember me telling that we literally work with every single large AI company out there? Well, we do. And I’m super excited to announce you that we recently closed a partnership with Google and we are probably the first in the world where the outskill learners will get the Google AI Pro for one year worth $20 a month which is $240 a year for free when you join the accelerator program. And what is this Google AI pro? Why is it so insane? It’s not just Gemini. It’s Google Flow which is the video generation tool. It’s the AI search. It’s Jules which is for developers. It’s Google Anti-gravity. It’s unlimited 5x usage for notebook LM. It’s using having the ability to use Gemini inside of your Gmail docs, videos, and more. It’s Google Home Premium. It’s also YouTube Premium. And you get 5TB storage. That’s what $240 of Google AI Pro gives you. But you don’t have to pay for it because good folks at us basically have done this partnership with Google so that you guys get Google AI Pro worth $245 for free. But if you think we are done, we are not done yet because you guys will also get oneear access to Fort AI. Fort AI is this incredible tool that can help you generate stunning images and creative for your social media, for your ads. It’s incredible. Also, shameless plug, I am a angel investor in this company. So, that made it slightly easier for me to get to do a partnership for them uh and partnership with them and get you guys for AI. But I wanted to be upfront, right? I think it is incredible. But you guys get it for free for one year. That’s not it, guys. For all the people who hate writing Excel formulas, you get numerous AI for one year for free. The same tool that can write literally Excel formulas for all of you people. Not just that, inside of social media, you would want to track everything out there. This is my favorite tool. It’s called Get, which can help you to track every single link. And you guys literally get one year for free of Get Toile. something that has tracked 44 million clicks and has served 192 countries. This is what you get access to for free for one year. Not just that, we are also getting you one year access to happen stance. Happen stance is just insane. What it does is it connects with your calendar, it connects with your LinkedIn, it connects with your Gmail, it connects with your Twitter. And not just that, you can get your friends invitations where they can connect their LinkedIn, their Gmail, uh their uh Twitter and everything around it. And you know what this acts like? This becomes a network of networks. So if you’re looking for let’s say a marketer who is working in Apple who has 15 years of experience and let’s say that person had written you an email when he was working for some other company 10 years back, but that’s in your email. It finds you that detail. It finds you that contact that you have on LinkedIn that you spoke with six years back but you that person has become a large founder right now and you didn’t even realize it. It finds you golden network inside of your own network. That is happen stance. You know what it is incredible. We use it all the time. It’s worth $24 a month. You get it for free when you join the program. And we teach you all of this in the next session as well. So don’t worry about it. And that my friends is happen stance. But there is a tool that a lot of you guys learned and a lot of you guys loved. A tool which allowed us which allows you to talk to multiple AI tools at once. It’s called as multi where you can plug in your open router like we spoke. You can plug in your open router key and then you will be able to use literally 300 different AI models out there. That, my friends, is called Get Multi. Like, you know, the lifetime access to this is $399. You’re going to get it for free when you join the accelerator program. I’m already tired. Are you guys tired? Are you guys tired? Drop in a heart. If you’re not tired, drop in a smiley if you’re tired listening to so many bonuses. You want more. Clearly, more people want more. So, I’m going to get you more. And the more is something that you can’t believe because all of you guys are getting Lizer one year pro access when you join the program. All of you guys are getting Lizer the same tool that we built uh the AI agent on. Not just that, all of you guys are getting Whisper Flow, the paid plan of Whisper Flow, which is the voicetoext app, and also a app right now, which can take notes of all your meetings. You guys are going to get Whisper Flow, a noteaker, a dictation tool currently valued at $2.5 billion. By the way, you’re going to get access to one year of Whisper Flow for free when you join the program as well. It’s worth $180. Are we done? Actually, no. You also get access to one year of Super Join. What is Super Join, guys? Super Join $24 plan is what you get access to. Super Join is that tool which can literally is going to become an AI agent on top of your Google sheet. You can build dashboards. You can build complex data analysis. You can make sense inside of Excel or Google Sheets right inside. And that is super join. It’s incredible. Like like I told you, it’s worth good $288. You’re going to get it for free when you join the program. Not just that, I also spoke about super prompts where you can save your own prompts. You can use other prompts and build a collection around it. You’re going to get super prompts for one year for free. But how many of you guys remember smallest.ai? The same tool that was used to build voice agents. What if I told you all of you guys who are joining in today are getting $1,000 worth of smallest AI credits? That’s literally $10,000 minutes worth of AI calling. So all your calling needs are done. $1,000 worth of smallest AI credits for free. And finally, I’m going to tell you a tool which is such a OG of a tool that it’s not even funny. It is the same tool that we use I use to basically convert my build all my AI clones on my YouTube on my Instagram. That tool my friends is called as Hen. It’s worth $288 and all of you guys will get even hen for one year for free. Again a multi-billion dollar company. We are the only company that they have partnership in the world. They’re probably worth I think three billion or$4 billion right now. Hey John guys, this is what you get access to when you join the AI accelerator program. Google AI Pro, Superrow, Forti, Fireflies, Humanic, Happen Stance, Lizer, Whisper Flow, Automate HQ, Hen, Get Multi, Super Join, Numerous, Super Prompts, Get Out, uh Prompt Library, Skills Library, and Smallest AI, $1,000 credits. All of this, if you individually buy them, it’s going to cost you $5,000. And when you join the program today, you’re going to get all of this for free as a part of the bonus. What do you guys think of that? What do you guys think of that, guys? Did you ever imagine something like this is even possible? Nowhere in the world you can get anything like this. Nowhere in the world. But we just make it happen for all of you people. Folks, there’s a promise that I made as I started to talk about this. I told you we’re going to do something mindblowing, something that you can’t refuse, something that you will be like, how the hell is this even possible? And that is what we have just pulled off today for all of you people. You get 100 hours of live training, 48 hour buildathon, AI content library, modern business library, monetization, 55 plus live sessions, monthly AI sprints, online AI community, premium AI newsletter, and AI mentor that that stays right by your side. All these incredible bonus AI tools together worth $5,000. If I stack all of this together, it’s literally worth $20,000. In fact, we sell the same program on our website quite literally. I mean, you can see this at $10,000. In fact, even for people who are spending this money, they actually don’t get any of these bonus AI tools because we can’t. We don’t have unlimited of them. We only do it in sessions like this where we teach at scale where we do it once in a while but we talk to them talk to only those people who stay till the end. 80% of the people give up by the time they get to this part. We we just do this as a very special thing for people who stuck around who didn’t give up who continued to learn because they realize the power of learning and the special offer is for all of those people. Are you paying $19,000 today? Absolutely not. Are you even paying $10,000 today? Absolutely not. We told you we’re going to be doing something absolutely mind-blowing, folks. For the next 20 minutes only after we drop the payment link, you’re going to hear something that you will not be able to believe. So, I hope you have your cards ready because for the next 20 minutes, everyone who’s going to join in is going to get all of this for $2,000. That is where I drop my mic. For 20 minutes after we drop the payment link, you get all of this literally stacked together worth $20,000. Just the bonus AI tools that you’re going to get is worth $5,000 if you go and individually buy them. You’re going to get all of this for $2,000. And that is exactly why we could show it to very less number of people and we have to keep it valid for 20 minutes only. But I understand a lot of you people might not have $2,000 handy. So you can do one more thing to make sure you book your slot. You can pay a non-refundable $295 to block your seat. The moment you block your seat, we keep your seat for you so that you can get it within the next 20 minutes and you can pay the rest of the amount over the course of next 7 days. Of course, a lot of you might want payment options as well. So, we’ll help you out with payment options as you block your $295 seat. So, either you can block your seat by $29, paying $295 if you don’t have all the money handy, or you can pay $2,000 to basically get your seat up right in there. This is the full payment. This is a partial payment. You will have 20 minutes to be able to block your seat. So, I want to make it very clear before we share the payment link. We’ll drop the payment link in the next 3 minutes, guys. Make sure you have your uh, you know, cards handy. And also one more other thing, we never have done a price like this, right? I know it’s going to fly off the shelf in no time and the number of quotes we have is very limited and funny once we run out of the codes even within the 20 minutes make sure you intimate people. Okay, let’s give us the let’s give the heads up. Uh if we even if we run out of the quotes in 20 minutes, guys, we don’t have unlimited quotes. Even though you’ll have 20 minutes, we have limited quotes and we have no idea how many people want to join in. So funny as we are left with like 10 just give a heads up even if there is time. Done. Okay guys, we can lock the price for you but we can’t lock the codes for you because that’s not something that we control. We spend a lot of money to get that and the partnerships around. But anyways, one other thing when it comes to the codes of all these tools, you get access to all these tools worth $5,000 when you join the program. If you’re paying1 1995 today to block your seat, you’re paying the full amount. All of these are yours. My team will get in touch with you in 24 hours. You will get access to everything. Okay? But if you’re paying $295 to block your seat, then you have to pay the rest of the amount in the next 7 days. and my team will help you with payment options if you need. We have very good partnerships with a bunch of providers like Clara, Firm and stuff like that. We’ll help you with payment options. That’s not a problem. If you want to use payment options uh for the rest of the payment apart from the 295. So if you’re blocking your seat by paying 295, you have to pay the remaining amount in the next 7 days to be able to get access to all these tools. If you’re paying after 7 days or the date mentioned here, we will still be able to give you access to the content but not access to these tools. I want to be very very clear and like I told you we have 3 to six month payment part payment options available as well. If you want to aail payment options just block your seat by paying $295 today. My team will get in touch with you and help you out with the payment options as well. And like I told you, there were two dates that we have shared that’s already in the chat and the time slots as well. For whatever reason, if these two slots don’t work for you, don’t worry about it. My team will help you move it as well. All right, with that being said, and like I said guys, if you’re blocking your seat today, either by blocking an amount or paying the full amount, you will be onboarded one-on-one by our team where you’ll get access to everything. So, don’t worry about it. Give it 24 hours. You will have all the information available. And one final thing, if you want access to the bonus tools and you’re blocking your seat by paying $295, make sure you pay the rest of the amount by this date, or else you will not get access to the bonus tools, but you’ll get access to everything else. This is the only thing that we can’t give you if you delay your payment. So, this is the deal, guys. Something that is unheard of. We people will find us crazy to be able to doing this but we are doing this today for all of you people and you might have attended one of these sessions before and you know that we never sell at this price we always I mean the best discounting that we have gone up to is $5,000 but you just see sorry 6,000 actually $5995 is the dis special discounts that we do sometimes on special days like black Fridays and stuff like that but today we are just gone absolute bonkers and I really Hope everyone is able to get the most out of it. With that being said, are you guys ready? Funny, let us drop the payment link now. In fact, one second, one second, one second, one second. Before you drop the payment link, let me quickly show people about how the payment actually works. Guys, as the link will be dropped with you, you will be able to see two options right here. Booking amount or full payment. You can select whichever you want. Once you do that, you will be able to see a drop-down right here to select your cohort. You can drop down and select whichever cohort you would like to join. This is for the beginning date of the 14-day sprint. Then you can enter your date. You can enter your email. You can enter your phone number. Very important to enter the right details so that you get access to the right stuff. And click on proceed to check out.
Okay, there you go. Proceed to check out. And there’s one thing that we have added which is very cool which is upgrade to AI accelerator annual pass for $995. What is this? This is an add-on. This is completely uh how do I put it? Optional. You can select if you like to. This is something that we have recently added because a lot of people requested that hey team can we attend this 14-day session multiple times. So people attend it once and 3 months or 4 months later they’re like we want to attend it again. Why? Because AI has fundamentally changed and a lot of people started to pay $5,000 $6,000 by getting in touch with our team just because they wanted to attend this for the second time and third time. So we thought why don’t we do something special for us special for everyone which is we added a AI accelerator annual pass and if you take this you can join the AI accelerator 14-day thing as many times as you want over the course of the next 1 year and if you change the program to something else you’ll be able to join that one right so that is what it is if you’re interested you can click on uh add to order if you’re not you can absolutely choose not to that’s completely up to you. We have added this so that it’s useful. But let me make it very clear if you’re not joining right now. You will not be able to join this later. This is only when you are enrolling. With that being said, folks, this is everything that you need to know. And funny, let us drop the payment link right now. There you go. There you go, guys. There you go. The payment link is on the chat. Uh funny, let us start the 20 minutes timer as well. Yes, actually I prefer Google for this. There you go. Your 20 minutes timer is on, guys. And you will see once the 20-minut timer is done, the link will be disabled and you will not be able to join the program for 1995. But what you will be able to do even after the 20-minut timer is over is that you can anytime go to our website directly on outskill and you will be able to enroll for $10,000. That’s not a problem. Okay, you will be able to do this later. This 20inut timer is for you to get this program for the special price of $2,000 and on top of that you get access to all these bonus tools literally worth $5,000. Like I told you, we literally wanted it to make it a no-brainer. Of course, you can scan this QR code as well uh to be able to join the program. If you can’t click the link for whatever reason, you can scan this QR code as well to be able to join the program. Funny, are there any top questions or most frequently asked questions that comes in for people that you want me to address? And before that, I quickly wanted to Sorry guys, there’s so many bonuses that becomes hard for me to even scroll.
I just wanted to run you guys through this, right? Just to quickly remind you because this could be a question that a lot of people might have. These are two date options that we have. You can select any one of them that’s on the payment link already. And once you join any of the time slots, you might be wondering which how do I select the slot web hub because you said on Monday to Friday there are two slots and I can join any one of them. You don’t have to select both the slots are open. You can join whichever slot you want. In fact, if you want to go crazy, you can join both the times. That’s up to you because we are teaching twice to make sure everyone is able to get access to the right time no matter which time zone or country you are from. Right? We literally gave our data of our users, okay, from the countries that they come from, the work timings and non-work timings of each one of the countries to a codeex agent ran GP6 Astra Ultra and asked it and gave context of all the messages and all the questions that we have got from customer success and messages uh about the timings and we said what would be the best two timing slots that we can pick which will work for most of the people and these are the two timings that came up to it should work for 95% of you people it could be + one minus one depends on the country that you come from or that time zone that you come from but that’s literally why Astra we literally asked for one time and Astra gave us two by the way guys Astra is GPT6 if you guys are not aware right so yeah these are the two time slots it came up with and we said and we ran a poll this worked great so we open these slots and of course on Saturday and Sunday you have 10:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. EST and recordings will be available as well. Funny, what are like the top questions that people come in people have? If you want I can quickly answer. Yes. So, one of the questions that usually comes in is if you’re taking an if you’re taking a payment plan after making the partial payment right now, will you be getting the coupon codes? Absolutely yes. you would be getting all the all of the coupon codes before the plan even gets completed. Right? The minute you go ahead and sign up for any payment plan, you will be getting access to all of the coupon codes. Primary reason is because some of these tools we teach them, many of the tools we teach them in the accelator program as well. And just one other thing, one other thing funny. Sorry to object uh obstruct but uh there’s a reason why we said you have to if you’re blocking your seat by paying 295 you have to pay over the course of 7 days because a lot of the coupon codes that you will get will get disabled as well. So we will strongly strongly recommend you to be able to come in and the moment you guys get access to in the next 7 days even if you paid the full payment in the next 7 days to use all your quotes because a lot of them will get disabled and we don’t want your codes to get disabled. You have all of it but you’re saving it inside of your bank account. I don’t know for what they will go disabled in the next 7 to 10 days. I mean that’s the period that we have. There are different times for everything. Again, we are averaging it out. But that’s the idea. But if you want to leverage all the codes that you have, if you have paid the full amount, in the next 48 hours, my team will get in touch with you. They’ll give you access to all the codes. Please enable them right away. And for people who have paid the block blocking your seat right now and you want to pay the rest of the amount, once the once you pay the rest of the amount in the next seven days, my team will again assist you with enabling all the codes. Please do. And that’s why even in EMI, even if you’ve taken payment options, we give you access to all the codes because we don’t want them to get disabled. We trust you. Yeah. Funny. So, we have started getting enrollments web hub. Uh, everybody who has gone ahead and enrolled and everybody who is going ahead and enrolling, you will all be having a one-on-one onboarding call where let’s say you want to go ahead and defer your bats to a future one, you could do that. That is the call in which you will be applying all of the coupon codes as well. And these coupon codes can be applied on your personal email ids or any email id that you may want to. These are official coupon codes that we are giving you. Each coupon code can be applied once on one particular account and you get to choose the email ID. Right. Um web of the other common question that still today comes up is that hey I’m into marketing. Will I be able to go deep into marketing in AI? uh anything that you might want to share with them in terms of especially after GPT6 got launched right AGI folks we really we really need to stop thinking legacy those days are over your company might be moving a little slow but they will catch up as well the world is moving towards agentic and the definition of you know there is something called as arc AGI okay that’s a benchmark for an AI model GP6 Astra scored a 100 out of 100
and there are quizzes inside of it. A human like I struggled to solve two and I attempted 17 of them and GPD6 solved all of them. There is I mean the world is moving in a direction where specialist roles will cease to exist and that’s what’s going to happen. All of us have to be generalists. With that being said, even if you’re a marketer, finance person, data person, it doesn’t matter. You need to learn AI first problem solving and that is what we teach you. But with that being said there are bunch we are giving you access to a bunch of content library like we told you inside of that content library. We have AI for marketing, AI for product, AI for design. We are cooking a lot of those courses which acts as frameworks for you which will help you. And of course I told you one more thing which is the AI mentor. You can literally go to that AI mentor and ask, “Hey, today I learned this based on what I learned today. Can you tell me how can I apply this in my job?” The AI mentor will literally tell you how you can apply that in your job. That’s the AI mentor that we are building. It is intelligent. It is smart that way. So all the skills that you’re going to learn guys, you didn’t learn how to speak as a marketer. You learned how to speak. You didn’t learn how to write because you wanted to be a marketer. You didn’t learn communic You didn’t try to become better at communication based on marketer as a person. These are hard skills. These are skills for life and so is AI. So it doesn’t matter what job you’re doing. That’s the way to go. Exactly. And you know, one of the reasons why we went ahead and added the 48 hour buildathon as well that you will be participating right after the 14 days of the program is that you get to go ahead and build on a project. And that is a buildathon where we try and create a startup kind of an environment for you with people from different countries coming in together, people from different experiences coming in together to be able to work, I mean to be able to build a project together, right? Um web hub I also pulled out a video of the previous event that I had that we had done right. Uh should I go ahead and sh show that video to everyone as they’re going ahead and enrolling? Absolutely guys I’ve been saying this that we are a global community. We’re a global community. Well we are global community of real humans who often meet each other and we did one at Google HQ that you’re going to have a look at at this point of time but yeah go ahead. I’ll be I’ll also take a quick five minute break funny uh and once I come back I think I’ll be happy to take questions as well. Uh so drop in a Q&A form uh if there are any questions I’ll be happy to come and take them uh as I come back. Uh but uh yeah guys my team will share a uh Q&A form link uh so fill in any questions if you want to if you have any questions that you want me to take about the program. We have about 10 minutes. What I will recommend you guys is not to lose out on this opportunity. That’s what I would say. Yes. Yes. So folks, I’m just quickly dropping in the enrollment link and also the link to the Q&A form on the chat. You could go ahead and make your enrollments happen. And if there are any questions that you might want us to answer, you could go ahead and fill up the form. Um, of course there are 10 more minutes that we have remaining and I will also tell you once the coupon codes are all done. But I would want all of you to watch this video. This is a video that we um took of the people who completed the entire program when we conducted an event. You will get to see what are the kind of people that you will be meeting inside the cohort and everything around it. I’ll play this video while all of you make your enrollments happen.
We already are in 2026. So I think everyone needs to have some sort of basic AI knowledge. The main industry has actually no idea what AI can do.
It’s been a very positive learning experience for me at the moment. You had to be a very committed person who wants to just complete deep dive into this and make it happen. Afterwards the reward is all yours because now you have built the skill. What outskill had shown as a curriculum resonated so well with me and I thought why not I invest 6 months of my life into this. This was the key to the lock that I was looking for. Brilliant decision one of the best investments that I have made. And in between I actually took the mastermind and I was blown away by it. I was pretty pumped. I decided I got to really do this course. It’s been tremendous and this is just the beginning. I’m picking on ANC actually 100% AI. This last 6 months have been incredible, very exciting. Every week was something new. Um, and I was like, “Oh my god, I can’t get behind because something else is coming.” I would tell them to get a seat belt and get ready to go for a ride of their life.
uh VP of marketing in a startup for 18 years. I’m an early adopter of AI. Then this mastermind, the free mastermind session was uh offered by VOF and then I went there and then they said I’m going to launch a program and then I subscribed and I was able to build a chat GBT in a weekend like I’m not a developer. I don’t I I don’t have a computer science degree and here I am able to build things and I said so I think for me that unlocked it
this was going to be the future and I’m glad that I did it felt that they cared about us and that they really wanted us to succeed. We really accelerate in AI. So I’ve uh I’ve been looking all around on the the internet. I came to uh uh cross path without scale really adds value. It’s very practical. Uh you get hands-on experience on what you have to to do which helps you uh really become relevant in particular when you operate in spaces like mine.
There’s a great value of information that you get to have to as a student. It made me very interested in creating those agentic AIs and making those a those custom agents. Obviously, as the days go on, the content becomes a little bit more technical, a little bit more intense. Um whether you are getting into creating your own apps, whether you’re a marketing person, whether you’re a content creator. Yeah. So, for me, um just the vast amount of knowledge that I was able to learn in such a short period of time. Like, you know, some may say, well, 6 months, that’s a long time, but when you’re doing this just on weekends and you got a full-time job, you know, just the, you know, the the breadth of the material that was presented I found, you know, very helpful. I’ve been working for 20 years as a data scientist and lately I’ve been developing apps. It’s always stressful when you have to Yeah. to bring what you have done for so many night. Yeah. Um, but this is a great experience to be able to share and to showcase uh what we’ve done. Extremely intense and you really need to be on the ground and do the things but when you do it then it’s just uh tremendous what you can learn and you can really see how you’re growing. I think the experience um without skill has been um pretty amazing in the sense that you know I joined when I had very limited knowledge of the different platforms that were available um in the market today. The highlight was when they went into automation and started showing us uh the products like N8 and everything around that. I think that was for me that really resonated and and for me it was really exciting. Thousand% more confident than when I started. skill really really forces you to do your best within the shortest period possible. Um not only helping with my career but also in my you know everyday civilian life. Um I think getting to the actual heart of real problems. I knew about AI and I can truly say today that I am an AI generalist. It pushed me to the limits. I believe that uh now AI can give everyone a chance with this program AI generalist. Everyone have a same chance to become a star. We are not playing the same. No, we not looking to change. On the wheel
out of 10 or how much would you rate 10? 10 out of 10? Yeah. Great. I’d give it a nine. Pretty high up to eight or nine. 11. Oh, I love it. I already recommended it to some friends. You know, you ask me about if a friend reached out. Like if a friend reaches out, they they might ask like, “Oh, where did you learn your thing?” And I’m like, I go to elskill.com, find the link, and I I just send it off to them. 98 9.9 a 9 to 10 is 10. Definitely 10 on 10. Well, I would just have to say boom. Lose control.
So I hope all of you got a sense of the kind of community that uh you know we have sort of built out. Um so yeah uh and and all of these people that you saw speaking in the video they they have all been non-developers non-technical people who have been able to do some incredible things. In fact, what I would like to also show to all of you are some very very inspiring stories of people what they have been able to achieve by just going deep into AI. Um, right, I have pulled out a few stories as I was talking to some of our learners uh, you know, last week, right? And Vidya was one of them that I was talking to. She came from a nontechnical background and she wanted to move from just understanding AI to actually building with AI. She took up the accelerator program and after the 14 days of it, she went ahead and worked on building an AI edtech venture which eventually got acquired as well. It got acquired by it got white labeled by two different companies and she exited by making close to $ 1.5 million. It’s just insane. So, it’s also learning and the power of execution. How well are you able to go ahead and execute, right? We have uh you know we we also have Vignish in our community who spent 13 years in the cannabis industry. He went ahead and built two different applications uh with AI and was able to raise $350,000 of funding that he was able to raise for his company. And then Pimla is someone that you saw in the video as well. Parimina learned AI, started consulting with small businesses, um started building automations for them, started building products and uh CRM platforms for these companies, uh started making money through those consulting gigs itself, made close to $56,000 and eventually that was the time then she got promoted in her own organization to lead um you know AI initiatives inside of her company. Sarin Gandhi who you know was an ex-colonal part of the Indian army he used to work in Europe in in the in the Amazon team and as he picked up AI and started becoming a consultant to solve problems for others he started earning um close to like £2500 and continues to go ahead continues to build many many more projects I will also show you something which will I hope inspires you as well what we have realized realized ever since we started building this community is that there’s truly no uh age restriction anymore right like people who have uh spent years and have retired are coming back and building startups right now like for example Proful um you know he’s doing his third career that is how he calls it uh today and he has built his own AI communities as of today has close to like 500 plus people in his own community uh all of these three companies are run by him as a soloreneur, right? Um Dr. Caroline also has gone ahead and she identified this problem that clinics usually have where clinics you know the administration in all of these clinics is very very manual. So we she went ahead and built these automated systems for clinics to go ahead and adopt and that led her to win this award of lovable. Lovable is this tool that you will al probably you will all also be um you know uh you will all also get introduced to and she won the vibon that lovable went ahead and conducted. It’s so great to you know see that people from our own community are able to go ahead and do all of this. uh Lutz who was actually heading uh market who was heading marketing for multiple different teams he got nominated for Germany’s AI power award because of the kind of initiatives that he was able to go ahead and take so did uh Gerard right Gerard Williams who wanted to go ahead and write his own book publish it as well but he was not able to push him himself to do that but with AI he was able to go ahead and successfully launch not just one book but multiple of those and then be able to go ahead and build out a consulting firm in the space of cyber security and we have so many such stories from multiple different people um who have been able to go ahead not just build products and launch them into the market but also solve problems for other companies as consultants. So age is you know not a uh not a barrier anymore is what we found from our community folks to be very honest like what we have seen is the stories of people are just insane like I wish when they joined I would have just said hey guys whatever you start for the next two years can we own 10% of the equity we would have been so much richer today if we would have done that no I’m just kidding because there are people who have raised capital there people who have become have head of AIS in companies that and we’re not even showing you the most unreal stories to be very honest. If we show you the most unreal stories to you, you will aspire to be that and that’s going to be a lot of flare of luck as well. We showed you stories that are average that are the ones that we truly believe you are capable of if you invest that time. And to be very honest, right, can I be very honest with you guys? I don’t think the program is the only reason why they achieved everything. I’ll be very honest, that would be a lie. I can’t live with a lie, right? I don’t think it’s the program that helped them to achieve everything. The program just gave them the information. It was them who took that information and executed and got the most out of it. And this is the reality. Now, that also says one more thing. I know I I saw a few messages of people saying, “Can’t afford it. Don’t have the money. Uh can we do something else?” Don’t worry about it. We’re going to give you a road map and use that road map to learn it yourself. Of course, you can’t see what we do in this 14 days is that you’re able to accomplish what will take you an year in 14 days. But if you take the road map and try to learn it yourself, you will be able to do that. Of course, it will take you 6 7 months, but it will still be worth it and you will still get outcomes if you’re executing. So the stories that you saw doesn’t mean that you can’t get outcomes like that if you don’t join the program. That is not true. You can get those outcomes only if you execute irrespective if you do or you don’t join the program. We are teachers at heart. Uh and we would not lie. We would not want to be in a position to tell you that this is the only way to do it. That is that’ll be untrue. Right? With that being said, with that being said, uh I just got a ping from our team that you know we only have 11 batches of the coupon codes left at this point of time. So I don’t think we will be able to give the coupon codes to people who enroll beyond of that. Just wanted to sort of that out guys. Uh funny just messaged me the team just messaged me that the time was also up uh as we were talking and I wanted to take your questions as well. So here’s the thing right uh that’s why I quickly checked with the team on how many codes we are left with because I told you all the coupon codes that we’re getting access to we don’t have unlimited of them. All right. So I literally asked the team like how many are we left with? Uh and the team how many did you say funny? 11 11 by above. We are left with 11 of them. So we I’m not going to be extending time or something. Uh we will keep the link on till the 11 seats are over which I believe will take like 3 4 minutes or 5 minutes more maybe. But I hope not. I want to answer all the questions of you people as well. Uh but once the 11 seats are over funny just update us when there is five and two seats left. Yes. And and before you disable the payment link as well. Yes. Okay guys, very quickly I wanted to show you a few more things. Okay. Uh also what I meant by coupon codes is obviously you guys know I gave you like a full uh you know uh history of these coupon codes. This when I say coupon codes you’ll get coupon codes for all these tools which you can apply on your account right. Uh we basically have 11 batches of this left and once that is done we can’t give you the coupon codes anyways. Right? So the next 11 people will get access to everything. After that we’ll basically turn the link off any which ways. That’s what I wanted to say. But as I say that right as we say that I wanted to show you something uh which I think you guys will appreciate to know right we believe in transparency and uh honestly here is one thing that I wanted to tell you. Okay. What we have basically uh done is we have a community not community it’s a slack channel for my team with me. Okay, I just wanted to put the timing and dates here. Okay, we have a slack channel uh with all my team. This is my internal Slack by the way. Uh and you can see this uh this is the Slack channel that we have and I wanted to quickly scroll through the give me a second. I’ll just scroll through the past stuff. One second. I really wanted to openly show you right how our cohort performs and that is what I wanted to get to and I’ll talk about a cohort that got concluded some time back uh which is called C13 and my team literally shares all the notes right here for me on how it is going day on day started in 7th of August if I’m not wrong and you can see this guys it’s a 100 member team which just runs this program AI accelerator this is 100 members of our team the total team size right now is how many I don’t know close to 400. Uh but yeah anyways you can see this this is C13 day zero we rate we take reviews and ratings of everything every little thing we basically track. Okay, you can see it started with like 1300 people blah blah blah whatever. On day one, people learned fundamentals of generative AI, deploying your own AI models. There were three different mentors, right? In sorry, there were 9 + 3 12 different mentors teaching and you can see this the rating was 4.59 4.47 and we also do something called as breakout rooms. Funny, do you want to talk about the breakout rooms? Oh yeah. Oh yeah. uh people who are wondering how the program is different from the mastermind that you are attending. Here we have thousands of people. What happens in the program is every day of the first 14 days whatever session you are attending after the session we put you in breakout rooms and each room has about 20 to 30 people inside of it and you basically build that same day. So for example day one you’re learning about how local LLMs can be installed. You would be installing local LMS by the end of the day. You will be getting a guide. You will be getting a workbook. You will have other peers in the breakout room uh 20 to 30 to sometimes 40 as well and a specific mentor also so that you can ask questions. So that that’s the level of support. So for every 20 to 30 people we have a mentor assigned for you to be able to do it the day that you learn. So that is breakout rooms guys and we take ratings of that also because reviews are very important for us. On the second day where people learned image and video manipulation, look at the rating. 4.80 4.76. For you to be able to pull off a rating like this, that basically means 95% of people gave it a 5 out of five and 5% people gave it a four or a three out of five. And again, you can see the mentor sees and everything around it. And of course, right, these are real human beings, right? You can see this uh this is Rena brand who says, “Thank you, Utam blah blah blah. This is TCO truly grateful to the trainer not only showing the ropes from generating ideas getting inspired everything around it. There is Vishua there is Olita Olund. I mean I I don’t want to butcher out the names here. It’s hard people from all over the world are here. Uh but we are figuring it out on how to spell their names but here it is day three. You can see AI automations uh NA10 that’s what we teach you. 4.81 4.73 guys. It will literally track mentor sees set, content ces set and an average and also the breakout rooms. I can continue to scroll like this, right? I can literally continue to scroll like this and you will see people dropping thank yous. Here is Thomas. Here is Syad. Uh here is Brandy Boon and here is Rock. Uh Cher Okay, Cherad. Okay, that’s the same. Okay, got it. So you can I can keep scrolling like this, right? Agentic AI 4.78 4.73 breakout room is 4.80. 80 rating. Uh you have day five where people learned beyond prompting which is MCPs 4.804.76 804.76 again right I can keep scrolling day 6 4.77 where people learned building voice agents uh on the second half of day six session people learned wipe coding again 4.73 4.75 day six session one 4.91 out of five guys have you ever seen a rating like this before you obviously have experienced this session already so you know the quality of education that we deliver. But if you’ve seen this, if you ever if you think this is insane, drop in a heart. My team works extremely hard 24/7 to make sure we are delivering value to literally every single one of them. These are unheard of numbers. And that is why I’m so proud to show all of this. And look at this right when we look at the key observations my team literally tracks what people are saying in the chat and gives us a breakdown so that we are still striving to get to a session where we get a perfect five out of five. It has not got to that so far. We have the highest we have ever received is 4.95 where out of thousand people five people rated it four as a result it went to 4.95 but we are obsessive about all of this look at this again 4.91 4.92 guys I can keep scrolling this was one of the highest rated cohort for us quite honestly we average on an average of 4.75 to 4.8 this time it was 4.86 86 if I’m not wrong. It’s like the highest rated cohort literally ever and you can see this everything is like 4.8 4.8 did and look at this like I told you we teach you introduction this is day 10 day 13 open claw is what people learn and it goes on and I told you there was something called as buildathon as well you can see this people participated in the buildathon 80% of the people participated in the buildathon and these are the three winners clear spend ra and wayfair and all the products are right here of what they have built these are the hackathon winners right here as well and a bunch of other incredible products that people have built over the course of the build on. Look at these products. These products were built, can you believe it? By people like you in who have learned for 14 days and have built these tools. Ra is this which is helping you find a way in all the parts of the world in as a local. This is clear spend which tracks all your payments. Of course, it is sandbox. I can explore a sandbox and this is what you get access to once you give access to all your spends. And this is not me that I’ve built. This is people like you who have built it and have won the hackathons, right? I wanted to just tell you that this is what it means. Look at this. Lord Josh Kimmel says, “Thank you to the entire outskll team. 14 days of training. Next month is of processing it all. Sincere appreciate the wealth of knowledge shared by your team. Looking forward.” Dennis Bouldra says, “I graduated here. Career.” Oh, this is beautiful. I’m seeing it for the first time. Started with outskll right here. uh today graduated at zero line. I’m expecting the carrier to grow like this. Thank you out school. An unforgettable experience and I can keep going on and on. People are very kind to drop very very sweet messages right inside of Slack. But uh folks, I can tell you one thing. The people who have taken I don’t know like literally programs worth tens of thousands of dollars. We had someone who spent $50,000 in a very prestigious uh school uh where they learned right uh where they learned uh AI and then they came to us and they were like boss what we learned there was crap loads of crap and thanks for changing our lives but that’s what I wanted to give you a sense of uh this is how we do things but I totally realized one thing that I’m not got to the questions should we get to the questions very quickly yeah we oh my god we have a lot of questions questions. Uh, we have four more slots remaining. Webhub for the Okay, I see about 31 odd questions. So, I’m going to get my AI to help me out. Meanwhile, funny, you want to take some most frequently asked questions right there? Yes. Yes. How many seats are we left with? Do we have any seats or We have four more slots left at this point of time. Okay. Yeah. And I do see some uh transactions that have already gotten created. They are on the way. Um, okay. I could only enroll into the 18th October cohort. That’s fine. You could you everybody who has gone ahead and enrolled, you will be having a one-on-one onboarding call. And in case you chose the wrong cohort by mistake and you want to defer, you can absolutely go ahead and defer. I’m about to enroll uh into the uh accelator program. Uh before I make the enrollment, please confirm in writing. Uh
yes that’s you know absolutely right. Also confirm uh yeah so the $295 booking that uh you you you are making that is not refundable. We would want people to be sure about whether you want this or not because there are all of these bonuses that will be tied up to your enrollment as well. But um yes, you will be getting all of these tools. $1,000 of smallest.ai credits, uh lifetime access of Get Multi, one year of Hijen, uh one year of Google AI Pro, Lizer, and all of the other listed bonus tools. All righty. All right, guys. So, let me quickly get to the questions. I’ve got a nice little summary from AI. We have like four more seats. If you guys want, you can join in. If not, it’s okay. Uh I think funny just as more. Okay. Three more seats left. Okay. Funny, do you want to quickly take the names of people right after I just uh do this. That would be great. Yes. Yes. Yes. And folks uh I’ll also open the chat. Uh you can just drop uh I’m in done in the chat so funny can read them out as well and verify as well. Yeah. Uh once I finish the questions that is right. Okay. Uh installment plans. uh I need a 6-month installment plan, a 3 month and a delayed plan. Is it possible? Uh the remaining balance need to be paid over the course of next 7 days. But the thing is uh you need to get into a payment plan within that period as well. So if you want to use payment plan, you will be able to do that. Okay. Uh,
will the discounted webinar prize be honored at the end of October or while users wait for legal/ bonus questions to be resolved? I have no idea what that means. Uh, if you’re talking about the price, you are able to join the program right away once the seats are over. You will not get the discounted webinar price. You will have to pay the full $10,000 price. Right. So, yeah. Uh why is there another outskill offer around 1 119? Well, that 119 offer is a 3-day program that we run. It is a very very popular program. That’s only a three-day program.
Oh, someone guys, there are a lot of questions. Looks like a lot of you people have already done the accelerator and who have joined and have messaged saying that I’ve paid $6,000. I’ve paid $10,000. Now you’re offering a discount. Can I get a refund? For all the people who have joined at $10,000 or $5995, which is a special discount that we do, I really appreciate you guys joining in. Today is a very special day. Uh, and we’re doing an extremely limited offer. Consider this to be a flash offer. Even your best products like an iPhone sometime goes into a discount and you can’t really go back to Apple and say give me the money back because I have paid more in the past. Now, now how can you lower it? That is how discounts are. So, yeah. So don’t feel I mean can’t do much about it. Uh request a written confirmation that it includes all these paid AI tools for US customer availability activation credit card. Uh someone has just messaged that can you write a return confirmation folks 80% of our users are in the US. All the companies that you saw the partnerships are US companies. I mean of course we are registered in Singapore. That’s a different thing. the com as a company is registered in Singapore but all of them are US companies. All our partnerships are with us. Uh so they are I don’t know what a written confirmation is but this is the confirmation. Uh a few people are looking for bonuses that we had committed. So that will come in towards the end so don’t worry about it. Uh
yeah, funny also a lot of old people are asking for the add-on pass. Annual pass add-on. Guys, if you’re a old mastermind user and you want the annual pass add-on, sadly we can’t do that right now.
Okay. Yeah, you were saying something funny. Uh no, I’m I’m basically saying that there’s one more session after this as well for people. Um so just clarifying that on the chat. Okay. Uh users need confirmation of their exact cohort dates and times. Guys, if you have already joined the program, my team will get in touch with you and help you out with that. Don’t worry about it. Give it 24 hours. Okay.
Uh can we miss out on this schedule? Can we join the future schedule? Yes, you can.
Uh,
can AI agents link to Autodesk software? Yes, they can pretty much. In fact, right before this call, I was using Blender and I don’t know how to use Blender. My GP6 Astra was using Blender to redesign my room so it can use every single CAD tool. Does the program guarantee the ability to create uh success for people? The success for you is dependent on how you execute and what you do with it. We don’t guarantee anything. Okay. A lot of people are like, can we get a discount? Can we do something like that? Guys, I’m really sorry. This is the best we can do. Like I honestly told you if you can’t afford it. Totally understand. I will strongly recommend you to use the road map to be able to learn it. We added payment options of $300 per month as well. But if you think that is not something that you can afford, I totally get it. You can learn it yourself. You got it. Don’t worry about it. Uh funny. I think uh
that is basically high level of what we are talking about. Uh so I think pretty much a lot of thank you messages have come in, right? So that is what I see and a few people uh yeah I think that’s pretty much it. It’s a lot of repeat questions and a few old learners slightly upset that we’re doing a discount today. But that is how flash offers are guys. Okay folks, I’ve pretty much answered all of them. Funny over to you my friend. Folks, I wish you guys all good luck. Thank you so much uh for your time. I hope you guys learned a ton of things. Irrespective if you have joined the program or not, I am rooting for all of you people, right? I want all of you guys to succeed, right? And I really, really hope you guys are able to learn AI, execute it, and get an unfair advantage because I can tell you one thing for a fact that you know the power of AI better than 99% of the people out there because that is what we try to do in the first 4 hours. My first 4 hours job is to make you realize where we are in the world right now. The moment you know the potential, I know irrespective you join the program or not, you will do your best to keep up and that’s all I want to do and we want to do as teachers. I wish you guys good luck. We do a lot of meetups all over the world. There are a few coming in uh Santa Clara, San Francisco, Dubai, London. If you guys have joined the program, there are a few catchups coming in. Even I’m traveling. I’m pretty sure I’ll get a lot of you guys to uh get get a chance to meet a lot of you people as well. With that being said, thank you so much guys. Funny over to you. Wonderful. All right. Thank you so much, Webhuff. Folks, what I’ll do very quickly is before the next session starts in the next 10 minutes from now.
Yes, before the next session starts in the next 10 minutes from now, um what we will do is I’ll call out all of the names of the people who have gone ahead and enrolled into the program. Uh, please go ahead and drop in. Yes, we we will we will take a 15-minut break. Yeah, we will take a 15-minut break. 15 right now. Okay, I’m in a different time zone, so I’m getting confused with the time. Let me clarify that. Yes, let’s all take a 20 minute break. And uh yes, Jessica, that was the lunch break itself. I hope all of you made that a working lunch for yourself. But we will take a 20 minute break while we are on the call itself. And after the break we are going to get into learning how we can wipe code. It’s going to be a very very interesting session. Jessica don’t worry Eric please go ahead and have your food. Um please go ahead and have your food. Uh and and make it a working session as well. Working lunch as well where u you know you are having your lunch as you’re attending. But let me quickly call out the names of all of the people so that you have your confirmations. Um we have uh Sri Suadin, Abel, Bobby, Julius, Rohan, Patel, Akbar. The page is loading. Yes. Agbar, Devon, Kurt, TA, Sylvia, Monica, Abdullah, Rome, Albert, Jonathan, David, Ed Horn, um, Anthony, Ysef, David,
uh, David, Anika, Michael, Stokes, Liisa, Francis, Richard, Akim, Nu, John, Dam, James, Joy, Francis, Taham, Scott, Sara, Nathan, Daryl, William, please do drop in a heart to all of these people because it is because of people like these that we are able to go ahead and teach millions of people AI at such a less price. Not just with the accelator program but with the mastermind as well. It is because of all of these people. Beth, Dan, Sandra, David, Anika, uh, Allison, Mark, Nash, Lorovic, Ketul, Khaled, Gary, Isabel, Nicole, all of your enrollments are confirmed. Day two is going to be different. Uh, day two, we are going to be exploring a lot more topics tomorrow. But right now, what you just did. Oh, yeah. Ben, I think I read your name out. Yes. Yes, I read your name out.
Yeah. All right. So, what we will basically do right now is we will go ahead and take a quick break and we’ll come back exactly by uh let me confirm that once again. Yeah, we will come back by 3:40 p.m. EST. That is when we are going to come back. And during the lunch break, what I would also want all of you to do is to go ahead and
uh tomorrow is going to be much more slower. Eric, I I we had announced that uh you know it’s going to be a lunch break for those of you who are not wanting to listen to about the program and everything else. We have people joining back in already as well who dropped off before we spoke about the program. But during the lunch break, what I would want all of you to do is to go ahead and sign up into this incredible platform called Runnable. We’re going to be using this in the next session. Runnable is a super app, a super AI app. Basically, it can do a lot of things inside of one environment itself. We’re going to be exploring this for a use case and then we are going to be jumping into wipe coding as well. So, we’re going to be doing this from 3:40 p.m. EST. Please go ahead and create your account on Runnable. I’ll quickly drop in the link on the chat. That’s the link that you can go ahead and use to be able to create your account. You just have to create your account at this point of time. Don’t have to do anything beyond of that. Create your account so that you are ready for the next session. But we will go ahead and take a 15inut break at this point of time. Yes, we’ll take a 15-minut break and we’ll resume with the next session. And people who are joining back after the lunch break right now, we’ll give it 15 more minutes because there were a lot of people on the call who primarily wanted to listen to about the AI accelator program that we spoke about. But what I would want everybody to do over the next 15 minutes is to go ahead and quickly create an account on Runnable and be ready for the next session.
Perfect. I’m going to play some music as all of you are at it and we will resume exactly at 3:40 p.m. EST.
Richard, there is tomorrow day two as well. Day two is completely different. It’s going to be, you know, we will be exploring different topics tomorrow. All right. So, let’s go ahead and play this. There you go.
What you say? Heat.
Heat.
Yeah.
Heat.
Heat. Heat. Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
up.
Heat.
Heat. Heat.
man.
I should ride you out.
Woo!
You will be real.
When your hand is on your heart,
you really love. I watch the
head down in the sand. Keep on
exhale.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
You radiate cold shield.
Heat. Heat. Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat
up here.
Heat up
here.
Heat up
here.
Heat.
Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat.
Heat.
You are
you
trying to keep my feelings of the street.
You’re nearly a real treat.
You know, you feel your
evil tight. Keep it all on the inside.
Heat. Heat.
Heat. Heat.
Heat
up here.
Heat up here.
Heat up
here.
On the turning away
from the pale and down trodden.
and the words they say which we won’t understand.
Don’t accept that what’s happening. It’s just a case of all the suffering or you’ll find that you’re joining in the turning away. It’s a sin that somehow
light is changing to shadow
and casting shroud over all we have.
All right. Is everybody back from the break? dropping back on the chat if you’re back on the bridge.
All right, I see all of these thumbs ups and hearts coming up on my screen. In case there’s anybody listening to me on earphones, headphones, it’s time for you to come back to your laptops. Yes, that was Pink Floyd.
All right, everyone. With this, let me go ahead and set context for what we are going to be learning right now. I did mention at the beginning of the entire day that generative AI has truly democratized the space between non-developers and developers to a large extent, right? And today all of us have the ability to go ahead and build our own products. A glimpse of that is what web hub showed you in terms of when he was talking about level four and level five. Uh Sarasati don’t worry about day two yet. We will talk about day two towards the end of the entire day. But when Weber was talking about level four and level five, he did go ahead and show you some of the products that he had built for himself in a similar way. You could also go ahead and build products either for yourself or for other companies as well without having to manually write code. the the term that has been coined for that by Andre Karpathi whom you will all be hearing a lot about as you go deep into the AI space that term is called VIP coding and that is what we would be getting or going deep into over the next one and a half to two hours and to lead this entire session we have Akx joining in Akshhat I hope you are able to hear me well loud and clear funny are you guys able to hear me good yes yes yes we can hear you thank you so much for being here Akshhat at this hour and yeah, I think we’re going to be having an amazing time together today. Perfect. Let’s have some fun. Awesome. Good to go. Yes, we can get started. Yes. Hi everyone. I hope you can hear me and let’s get do a quick check in. Perfect. Good to go. Okay. Let me give a quick intro about me and then we’re going to have a lot of fun as funny said to really like you know again I’m going to teach you like you know again probably like again not just wipe code but also as like said right again how can you apply something that you learn right again and we are going to see a probably a small glimpse of what you’ll do okay let me start sharing my screen so let’s get started so this is me I am ash I head uh digital and AI innovation at the article group which is just a fun way of saying that I head AI engineering for everything that we do at the group we have a team of amazing amazing engineers which builds AI agents on a daily basis. So I can happily say that I live and breathe AI right again and uh I love it at every moment of it and I think you all will also. So my only point is going to be we’re going to have a lot of fun about discussing on how you can apply AI right and I’m just going to request all of you to like you know again have fun and also at the back of your mind keep remembering how you will apply this okay how you will apply this to your daily life and how can you start using this from tomorrow okay perfect so for today we’re going to use the first tool that we have is runnable AI right and I’m going to like you know can show you this is runable.com. I already have it logged in. So I probably need to show you this tool is probably one of the most coolest tools which I would like to call as a Swiss knife of AI. Okay. And the idea is that this is a single tool which can help you build and grow a business. Okay. And that’s a very key important part of today’s session. And when you think about it right again, Runnable, every tool has its own things, right? SGPT, claude, you guys all know about these things and can they can do a lot of things. Runnable single goal is to help people actually build and grow their business. And this is how once you log in, you see the tool. Okay, so very simply the idea is going to be today we’re going to try to build a business, right? Again, we’re going to try to wipe code a business quite literally and also then go ahead and build the product of that business that you can look at. Does that sound interesting? Yes. Does that sound interesting? Yes. No. Perfect. Awesome. Funny. Quick check. Uh am I audible clearly to everyone? Yes, you are. You are. Okay. Perfect. Awesome. Thanks. Okay. So now one thing that you know again you also learn learn in the programs is not only just applying the tools right but it’s also about how to utilize these tools in real world okay and that’s a very important part of what I’m going to start with right and I want you all to like you know again answer some questions which will I hope like you know again will be fun for all of you okay so tell me that like you know again if you were going to start a business right and let’s say like you know just like for 5 minutes entertain me. Let’s say if you’re going to start a business with AI, what will be the first thing that you do? You’ll find an idea. You’ll find an idea. Can anyone want to type their idea? Like what would that idea look like? If they were going to start a business with AI tomorrow, what will that idea look like? Just put in like a line. Just put in like two words or three words. Let’s have some fun. Okay. Real estate company, coaching, diagnostics. Okay. selling custom shoes, financial analysis, marketing consultancy, branding, receptionist, patient care, pharmacy, newsletter, QA testing, amazing, right? Again, quite a bit of things, right? Again, and I am glad that all of you have so many diverse ranges because what I was going to pick up is there are three things that you need in a business idea to secure, right? Again, and we’re going to just go ahead like you know on this for like next couple of minutes. One is obviously you need to identify a market right again which I think if you based on the ideas that all of you have given you will automatically bring that up right and the next one is technically going to be around understanding if that market can service like again is there enough people who will pay for it right again will pay for it right and this is what a business will look like right and technically like you know again you can expand upon that with different things that you might have so for today I have an idea that I this is from a real experience right again this is one of my friends who runs like you know again an AI agency and he’s doing these kind of projects for a couple of people in US and Canada right again and I do think that a lot of you will actually believe that idea will make a lot of sense right again and how many of you know the term called wealth managers how many of you know there are wealth managers and this is not only for like you know again this is for like how many of you know that there are wealth managers? Yes. A thumbs up in the chat, please. Yes. Good. Yeah. Perfect. Right. Again, so you know that there is like you know again a whole thing called wealth managers, right? People who help people manage money, right? Again this could you anyone can get a wealth manager, right? There is no uh specific need for like you know again having people can have like it’s called wealth managers because they help you plan staff, right? Again there is no specific number that they keep at it but it’s again they’re called wealth managers. Now do you believe that these people would be technically charging quite a bit of service right like again if let’s say they were managing like you know wealth of people how much do you think these people will get paid on a I don’t know like a session basis on an hourly basis what do you think their charges would be someone who manages others money and a range would be fine yeah let’s give me a number just give me a dollar number because percentages are like difference so just per hour in dollar terms how much would they charge
Yeah. So a lot of people have like you know again Yes. So it’s a mix of like you know from ours to like you know again average rate that I got and we can verify that with AI is also around like you know again roughly around depending on the wealth manager anywhere goes up to $300 to $2,000 and beyond this anyone is more or less charging a percentage right they stop like you know again uh doing it. This is the average range, right? Again, someone might be at lower end, someone might be at a much higher end, but this is per hour rate, right? Now, a wealth manager does not have a single client, okay? They probably have multiple people, right? Again, they have like let’s say if they are doing like, you know, let’s say over like a 3-year practice, they have quite a big portfolio of clients. They charge a service fee and they also charge a like, you know, wealth management fees because they just talk to clients like every 3 months. So, that can’t be their whole thing. They also charge a percentage of the whole wealth manageer, right? So whatever that could be. Okay. So this is do you think this is a good market to service to? Do you think this is a good market to service to?
If you build solutions for this?
Yes. No. Yes. Yes. I see a lot of thumbs up. Yes. So how many of you have seen like again or know tools that can help you manage wealth? and in unbiased format. Okay. How many people like you know again are like you know how many tools exist to like you know unbiased format. Every financial tool that I know has some level of investment to like you know make sure that I either buy something that they want or either they want me to sell something even if it is a subscription right there is always something that is at the back of their mind that they want. So there is an insane demand right for wealth managers. There is an insane demand for wealth managers and like when I say insane demand like everyone can’t afford a wealth manager right but wealth managers actually want to help everyone right when I and I met people right you know there is a quite amount of people that I know that want wealth managed but they are like wealth managers because they have a limit that on how many people they can service and they can’t like again they are not able to use technology to the extent so what we’re going to do is we’re going to create a tool for wealth managers not for the users. We’re going to create a tool for people who are wealth managers. Okay. Now, someone who is charging $300 to $2,000 an hour, let’s take an average of $500. Okay. How much do you think you will charge them as a service to help them with AI? If you had to build a tool and a business for them, how much would you charge them? They let’s say a person who charges $500 an hour has let’s say 100 clients has 100 clients this person makes quite a bit of money what do you think you will charge them to give this tool to help them like you know again what would you charge them if you built a software with AI what would you charge them on numbers in the chat
Okay, let’s see. I I’m looking at the numbers. I want to see what’s the highest numbers comes in and everything else. Someone who makes this much money, $500 per hour, has 100 clients. How much would you charge them? How much would you make this person pay? How much do you think this person would pay?
250,000 10,000 3,000 I think like again what I have got to know on an average these people are ready to pay somewhere around $3,000 a month to $5,000 a month to an access to a software that can actually help them solve their problems which is a lot around administration which are a lot around not able to they don’t want to spend time understanding agents they have tried tried to they have not been able to build them. They don’t know how to build an AI as software. Neither do they have the time. And that is what they’re ready to pay. So they’re ready to pay in the range of $3,000 to $5,000. And again, this makes sense, right? They are looking for people or softwares who can help them solve. Some people want customized software. Some people want standard software. Some people just want someone to come in and help them. Does that make sense? Do you think all of us need help in on our respective areas? Yes. Would that make sense? We agree. Right. Everyone is not like again you you as a special that like you know again you are spending time learning AI and that is super great but these are people who are probably like again super busy already. They don’t have the time. They want someone to come in and they solve problem and they haven’t found enough people because my friend right now he’s only able to do two people two clients. He’s like a I don’t also have enough people who can build for everyone because every person is different. someone wants to talk to like you know again a person that they can talk to on a daily basis he does not have that much bandwidth so he can only service two clients even him as like you know using AI and everything else and he chooses to do that so there is an infinite demand at least right now when I say an infinite obviously will reach a threshold there is an insane demand which needs to be serviced and the reason I’m giving you the whole playbook is if you are actually interested to apply this you can obviously learn all of this stuff and then also go ahead and like you apply this today. That is the idea here to look at a real scenario and something that you take out of the session. Okay. So now we have a we have our client, right? We have our client who is going to be a wealth manager. We have our understanding of how much we can charge. Now the only thing that we need to understand is what to build. Correct? Until unless you are a wealth manager, do you think you we need to spend time to learn what to build? Yes. Agreed. Write agreed in the chat if you’re on the chat.
Write agreed in the chat. Agreed. Yes. Right. We’re all on the same page. So we’re going to build a tool for wealth managers. Neither you neither I am a wealth manager. I have some background. I understand because I talked to my friend for like 2 hours and it was a very interesting conversation. So I got to know what kind of software he’s building. I’ll not try to bring that into the conversation. But I’ll try to probably use a bit of my knowledge to guide AI. Okay? But you have an understanding of the client that you’re charging. You know what kind of money. Imagine if you can just find three clients. You can just find three clients and you charge them leave $3,000. You charge them $2,000 for three clients. Does $6,000 to $7,000 a month seem like a good good way to start your business? Yes. If you apply this, that can be something that you do. Okay. Now, the idea is obviously applying and everything else, but we’re going to do both of the things. Okay. So, with this, let’s actually now with this premise in mind, start using Runnable. Okay. With this, let’s start using Runnable. Now I’m just going to make a final note here. We are going to build a tool for wealth managers
tool plus a business to service them. Okay. So I’m going to build we are going to build in this session. We’re going to build a whole service which will help us help wealth managers do more. So they make more money, you make more money and you can apply AI to do this. Okay, let’s get into it. Okay, so this is Runnable, right? And this is probably one of the most interesting apps. It’s also one of the most you can say most versatile apps that if you haven’t used, you will feel that once you start using it and also if you have used it already like you know again you will probably learn some things new. This tool technically has everything. Okay, it’s a it’s it is quite literally like you know again a mix of everything that you might need to both build a tool, build a business, run that business and grow that business. Okay, so Runnable can help you do all the things that are needed. Okay, so it’s build, grow and also scale. Okay, so build, grow and scale. We are obviously going to talk a bit more about the build scale today, right? On the build part. Okay. And I know some of you will have questions around you know how can this actually work and everything else on the certification security everything. I will answer all of them. Don’t worry. This is a real scenario I’m teaching you. So I have the understanding of the real problems also that we’ll deal with. Don’t worry, we’ll answer each one of them. Okay. So today we’re going to look at the build part. Now I’m going to get started with using Runnable and I’m going to teach you every feature around the way. Okay, on every part as we keep going one by one. I’ll keep teaching you along the way on how different features look like. But right now just to see it looks simply like you know like charg right like chargd or cloud or whatever you’re using right we have runnable which has access here right obviously you have different plugins you have different options for now I’m going to use runnable as a research agent right you and I don’t have enough information about the wealth management industry yes right agreed thumbs up in the chat yes we don’t have enough information to build a tool right we have some understanding we know who wealth wealth managers are we know how much they make to an idea and we also have an idea of how much we can charge them okay so some people work as wealth manager also we’ll get to know really on how much is this going up okay so with that let’s get started okay I’m going to build a business for wealth managers to technically do two things my business will help them implement AI in their operations and in addition to that I will also have a tool that we will build towards the end of the conversation so first I want to build a simple AI agency that will help wealth managers actually focus on helping clients more. I want to remove the administration burden for them using AI and I want to offer this as white glove service. So that means every wealth manager will actually get one is to one access to my team and also I will plan and work out with them on every workflow that they have. So if they are using onboarding in a different tool I’m going to help them in implementing AI there. Whatever it is, my goal is to ensure that we have a single agency to build everything from end to end but specifically focused for wealth managers.
Okay, this is my understanding of the business that I’m going to build and I’m going to just ask it to do two things. I want you to bring me back a research as the three major key points that wealth managers face from an administration perspective. And second, then I want to build a website that can showcase my business solving these following things in a white glove format for every customer.
Okay, good. Simple enough to understand with the prompt. Everyone clear? I’m just describing it what I wanted the business to do and I wanted to come back with some kind of research. Yes, good to go.
Simple. anything anything that you feel like you know again then not understood okay now there are couple of options here I can choose between different models right for now I’m just going to select auto because I want to show you even in auto mode runnable is quite good and you also have an option to select between agent ask and plan for now right again we’re just going to keep it to agent okay we’re going to keep it to agent I’m going to press enter and we’re going to start with this you guys can see the prompt on the chat and we’ll like you know again I’ll share everything at the end just for now understand the session right and just go from it now someone is asking how did I use voice uh for instructions web already showed you this tool I’ll just put it again here it’s called whisper flow right again and as informed if you are like you know again joining the acc you get one year access to this tool which is something that I can’t live without at the moment it’s really good and I can’t believe how I typed so much before. Okay. Okay. Back to Runnable. So when you are here it’s first thing that the agent ask can you tell me like you know again if there is a brand name for this. So for now I’m just going to like you know give an answer which is going to be wealth maven services. I don’t have any great names today and this is the best I could do. So I’m just going to write wealth maven services. We can put wealth maven AI services. Okay, just as to have some fun with it. What kind of a style I want for my site? I technically want like you know again minimal luxury, right? Again u but I will also say with still some amount of more text and detail and animations. Okay, I’m going to go to next. Do you have a logo or domain? No, I don’t. I don’t have anything. I’m just going to say I don’t have anything. Please create everything by yourself.
Okay, good. Then I’m going to go to next. Should the site mention the upcoming tool product at all or focus purely on the white glove? So for now I’m just going to ensure that we just have white glove service and create a separate page for tool to be populated later. Okay. And this is one of the best things about Runnable, right? It did not tell my prompt is bad and started executing it. It said I need more information to clarify it. Okay. And I’ll just say like you know again I’m just going to use cal.com right now. Okay. And we’re going to send the best part is like you know again what most other applications will do and even like you know again just to give you context right what Runnable allows you to do is technically just give this whole problem of making the perfect prompt decrease quite a bit. I still give it enough context. I still give it enough context. But the idea here is that I don’t need to worry if my prompt was perfect. I trust because Runnable is built to build a business right which is a very play on words but it is built to build a business so it understands what the goal of the user already is I don’t need to keep explaining this multiple times and that is the best part about Runnable here okay and this is one thing that this tool has been able to narrow down into as we are narrowing down into a business just for wealth managers in the same way we have this tool is built to build a business and that is the core goal of this and that is what I believe is something that you should remember when you’re using different tools on what is the goal of this tool right and what is the true understanding that where you should use it okay and also like you know again just to share I think like you know again u team will already share there is we have some uh funny and like you know again you can add on to this like you know again we had have some coupon codes for you for runnable to utilize it and uh I think like you know again funny can share more about it towards the end. So yeah.
Okay. So as you can see it has already started working right again. It’s probably going to take like around like you know again 3 to 5 minutes for me to like you know again come back to it. But now in the meantime I don’t need to keep waiting for the tool to go ahead. I can already start another session and I can start giving it another task. What do you think is the second part of our business? So let’s say we are building a website. What is the second thing that we need to scale our business? So in the build phase we are building a website which is a very minimal thing that you need in the age of AI. If you don’t have a good quality website, nobody’s going to like you know even take you seriously like really investing in a good high quality website is good. Perfect. Some people have already answered. Tell me. So what do you need to grow? What do you need to grow on this? Perfect. So come on put in put in the answers in chat. I don’t want to like you know we are doing this session together. Okay we are going to have fun. I want you to hear your answers. Yes. Perfect. We need prospects right? Prospects, clients, customers whatever you want to call it. Right now there are a couple of ways to get this right. There are a couple of ways to get this. What do you think would be the easiest way? What do you think would be the easiest way?
Advertising, ease of use, marketing. Yes. Okay. So, marketing and in marketing if can someone tell me how would you do this in the age where you did not have AI? If you had to do this manually, how would you actually approach wealth managers and let’s say you had like $100 as a budget? That’s it. Tell me cold call Instagram cold calling. Perfect. You talk to customers, right? Amazing. You guys are you guys are amazing, right? So technically during marketing we will just do the following, right? Again we will technically find people and like you know again via either websites right Google search right or one of the best things that you can think about is Google maps. Right? And let me give you an example of this. So, wealth managers in Dallas, Texas, right? Let’s say and if I just go to maps, if I can like, you know, again go to maps here, you will I can assure you that we’ll have
we will have a lot of people that will be available there. Okay. So you can see you have so many different wealth managers that you can technically reach out to right there quite a bit of them and that could be a good starting point. So what we’re going to do is in pre- AI era the only option for you would have been to actually go to these find their email on their website and come back in today we going to use Runnable to go ahead and actually do all of this for us which will be three steps. We will ask Runnable to simply find us emails of wealth managers, right? Create a pitch, right? For sending them and then also draft emails. Okay, sounds sounds reasonable. Yes. No, sounds reasonable. Good to go. Three things. So, find us emails of wealth managers, create a pitch and draft emails, right? Yes, good to go. Perfect. Okay. Yes, thanks. Putting Yeah, if you are looking good to go, write GTG in the chat. Let’s go ahead. Right. So, now very simply, we have a clear understanding. We have an understanding of what we are going to sell. We have a website that has been created. So, let’s come back and see if the website is created. So, it’s still doing a lot of things. But in the meantime, we can give it another task. we can already give it another task which is about creating and finding us clients. So we come back here you go to a new task and the option is going to be very simply to ask the agent to find us clients. Now again when you’re using runnable remember that you want to talk in terms of task you need to tell what kind of output are you expecting you should not tell it like you know again tell me a story like you know this is not charged this is not lot we are here to build a business and you have to talk in terms of task so the way you should treat Runnable or any agent for that matter is in simply giving it task as an employee. How many of you like you know would love to have a employee of like team of 10 people that can do whatever you want? How many of you would love that? Put that in the chat. I would or 10 put 10 in the chat
quite a bit. Right. Right. Again and imagine with Runnable you can already do that. I like again I’ll tell you what like you know again personally I have multiple agents that keep doing so much of the work and if you are like you know again understanding and we can spend some time at the end of the session and talk about the agents that I run personally but this is one of the like you know the coolest way to actually think in terms of giving access to just telling a task and letting it do it giving a task describing it and letting it do it. Okay. So let’s get started on that task. Right. We have a very clear understanding. We have like you know again we want to find emails of wealth managers to pitch them our service. Again and in case anyone has forgotten I see comes some questions. Why are we finding emails of wealth managers? Because we are building a business to service them on AI. We are building a business to help wealth managers use AI for their business. Which means we will set up everything for them from scratch for their business. whatever it is okay we you are going to become an AI generalist that’s what the goal is so technically you should know how to set up everything and we are going to pitch that service to them okay I want you help to help me find emails for wealth managers in the state of Texas whom I can approach who are looking for AI services I want you to go through it and look at at least 10 different emails for 10 popular wealth managers and where we can pitch them wealth maven services. I just want you to find the emails, find me some details about their business, and then we will go ahead and create a pitch to actually send them the emails. Okay, simple enough. I’m going to ask them to find Texas, who are the 10 different 10 popular wealth managers, and we’re just going to press enter, and it will go ahead and start finding it. Okay, this is going to be like, you know, again, a simple task to go forward, right? Again, Runnable will be able to automatically figure out where to find this, how to go to the next steps and everything else. In the meantime, the another step that I want to do, do you believe it will be helpful if we start some marketing also? Do you believe it will be helpful if we start some marketing also?
Yes. No. Yes. So, we have built a website that has been done, right? We are going to technically build a cold email funnel that we are going to create. Okay. And then technically we are also going to go ahead and now start marketing. Tell me honestly how many of you have run AI like this before? How many of you have run AI to do multiple things in one shot in like a 20 minute time period to just keep doing one after the other and have it all connected? How many of you have tried that? right in the chat. Never, not before, right? Imagine like you know again you have access to this amazing technology and after this session after learning this you can literally go ahead and start assigning tasks. you can start assigning task and sometimes I just want to take a pause like you know again for 30 seconds and keep that in mind the power to assign tasks to AI is much more than just getting an answer from AI and literally that is what you need to think people are still thinking in terms of asking AI for answers asking AI for solutions you are here giving and determining a task to AI and it will go ahead and do it for We have already given it a task for website. It is going ahead and building our website. We have already asked it to get emails. You can see we have already got 10 emails. We have already got 10 different emails from different companies for different wealth managers in these companies. Okay? And then we’ll explain it like you know what how to write pitch and everything. We were able to complete two of the most important task of getting started on the business in the last 20 30 minutes. Does that sound interesting? Do you Are you guys having fun? Yes. Does this mean like you know you can do this like you know what do you think? Yes. In the chat. Fun. No.
Good. Perfect. Awesome. Lot of emojis. Good. Perfect. Okay. So now let’s go to the third task also. Right. Now I’m going to describe it. Okay. Very simply I want you to create marketing material. Right. You need marketing material, right? Again, we need marketing material. So, doesn’t matter if it’s going to be Instagram or LinkedIn or everything else. I am not a marketing expert. Okay? I don’t think you are also. If you are, let me know. Right? Again, we’ll take your inputs, right? I am not a marketing expert. And because I’m not a marketing expert, I’m going to let AI figure out a marketing plan for my services. I’m going to let AI figure out a marketing plan for our services. Okay? and I’m going to ask it to create a marketing plan. Okay. So, one of the coolest things that you see below in Runnable is the option to create things. Is the option to create things. And now I’m going to be a bit more like, you know, again focused on getting some kind of presentations, some kind of like, you know, again, presentation for my marketing plan. You can see I have different templates that I can choose from. I’m just going to choose like, you know, a template that looks nice like this with images is pretty cool. And then I’m going to give it the task. I want you to build me a marketing plan for my wealth maven services. This should include the channels that I should target. What should I do as a firsttime business owner on creating a marketing channel for wealth managers, where do they live and how can I provide them AI services? That is our pitch. We are still creating the whole website and the business on how it is going to look. But I want your help in building a complete marketing plan to go for. Okay, perfect. And we’re going to press enter. Let this create the marketing plan for us as a PowerPoint presentation. Okay. Now, someone has asked a very interesting like you know again question. Yes. So why choose runnable and like you know again when there are so many other tools again only reason to choose any particular tool is just one what is the goal of the tool okay think about it right again if you like again very simply like you know I’ll give you a very simple example Gemini claude and chart more or less do all the same things kind of like around 70 80% same things yes or no yes in chat yes or no all three things like they all do all three things more or less 70 80% yes right now why do you think why do you still have a preference why do you still have a preference I’m pretty sure you have a preference no matter whatever it is you have a preference yes and the reason would be because you have a particular use case that chat GPT or a claude or something does better right exactly something it does better whatever it is right whatever it is it is completely personal to you right it It could be like writing an email probably is better in some place to something else. Right? And that is just it. Okay. A lot of people like again are mentioning familiarity. It’s not also about familiarity. Even if you learn multiple tools, I use I have subscriptions to every tool that is there. And I still have some tools that I use for some tasks. And the idea is because I know which tools perform better. What is the goal of the tool in like very simply I have an engineering team, right? They prefer claude over everything else. no matter what and no matter how good CEX gets there is just something that is better with engineering tasks on cloud similarly that could be different for codex and that is the whole idea so think about in terms and it will be the same for any AI tool that comes in okay here runnable single goal is to help you build a business and that is what it is going to do here okay now I’m just going to ask it to like you know again skip like you know again some of these questions I’m just going to give it the name. The name is Wealth Maven, a AI consulting service for wealth managers.
Okay. And then I’m just like, you know, again going to press next. Who is the primary buyer you are targeting? I’m just going to say I don’t know probably like you know again independent rais. And then what’s the price point? We are going to say $3,000 a month.
I’m just taking again I monthly marketing budget can you put behind ads? I’m just going to say under $500. How much time can I spend under 5 hours? Do you have any existing traction for wealth management? No, I don’t have anything. I don’t know about anything about marketing. What’s the revenue goal? $10,000 within 6 months. That’s our revenue goal. And press send. Okay.
I think like you know again if like again someone wasn’t able to listen me should be like again this is the maximum volume that I can go to. So yeah perfect. Let’s see we have a website. Let’s open the website. Okay let’s open the website. Let’s see
how many of you like the website that it has created.
How many of you like the home? Like just the hero. Give us give on scale of like 1 to 10. Give a scale of 1 to 10.
8 9 9.5. Yes. Quite amazing, right? Again, quite amazing, right? Again, it’s quite honestly again I I’ll give it a solid like again a solid nine. like a solid nine just because giving 10 to something is always like you know crazy but it’s solid 9 to 10 like it’s crazily good it has created the service lines itself workflow diagnostic implementation partner firm by AI program it has created itself it has exactly followed the color scheme that I gave it which is gold and like you know again navy which it came back with who is this built for what is there everything right even just look at the leave everything right Again look at the content how beautiful it is created. Okay someone is saying lots of text. I asked it to add a lot of text. Okay I asked it to add a lot of text because the point is wealth managers are very smart people. They’re managing others money. They before even booking a call with you will want every detail that is there. Okay. They will want every detail that is there. And that is why I wanted enough text. Again the reason that it worked properly with my instructions is the most important part. You want a website which has less text you can tell it to do that. But the idea it was able to create all of this right again in one shot is just great. Imagine it also created like you know again what does white glove mean right? Again it has created its own like it has created the description of your business with two prompts. Okay with two prompts. And that is what you need to understand and that is what you need to like you know utilize like you know again it was able to create this. Okay. And we were able to do this in the last like you know again 20 minutes and we already have three other task running. So now some of you like might be like how do we see this right? The idea the best thing that like you know again runnable can do you can also publish this website. I can publish this website right now and I will just name it wealth maven 1. Okay. Or wealth maven AI. I’m just going to put this and I can come here on the right hand side and click on publish and it will go ahead and publish my website. This website will be available to all of you to even see and I’m going to drop the link so you guys can test it right away. The website is going to be available for all of you to see. And that is the idea they already from like you know again Runnable. The best part about Runnable it will already give us a domain which will be like you know.runnable.com enable.com and you can change that domain and everything else and I’ll show you that in a second. Okay, it has also created like a dashboard on how many people are visiting this. So let’s see once I give you guys uh okay so I’m going to copy this okay and paste this for everyone to see. So give me one second. Now you guys can go ahead and click on the link and see and we will see in real time how many people have visited the website also and you’ll be able to so whoever is clicking it will probably take a couple of seconds to result but you have the website link in the chat if you want to go ahead and visit it. How many of you are you able to open it? Are you able to open it? Yes. No. Open. Yes. Right. Again. And you can see like it will probably take a couple of seconds to refresh. Right. Again. And then it will start like you know again. So the idea is very simply like you know again in one shot you were able to build a website you were able to build a website which already has analytics built in you have even if you want to add payment status and everything else there you can do that later and that is the power of like you know again utilizing runnable and the reason that like you know again this tool is created in one shot to build your website to like you know again go ahead and publish it and you already have a domain. Yeah, I have not added it a book a call and everything else because there is no link right now. I have to add those links. But your first version of the website is ready. Okay. Now editing this website is as simple as just like you know again going ahead and like you know prompting AI. You can also click on edit button and change some text if you want. But the alternative would be just prompt AI on what you want to change. Okay. You can just prompt AI to change what you want. Like if I want to change the color, I want to change the words on the top, I can just ask AI to do it. And that is how simple it is. And it will reflect on the live website. Okay? It will reflect on the live website. And how many of you think now after this you can build a website for your business? Yes. No in the chat. Put like a full yes. I want like again I want like again everyone to like believe in this. Yes. Yes. 1 thousand% yes. Right. So if you today like you know again I will just simply like you know again tell you the best thing is if you have to do anything build a website today with Runnable, right? Go ahead and like you know again like you know again build it. It will take less than 10 minutes right and you can create something for yourself. You create something for your business. You can completely do what is needed. Okay. Okay. How is the website hosted? It is hosted by Runnable. And if you want to change anything, you can go to settings and you can very simply like you know again change the like you know again change for so you go for settings. You can connect different domains here. You can do a lot of things. Completely up to you. Okay. You can connect and like you know again check a lot of things. Completely up to you. You can add your own custom domain and everything else. We are not going to do that today but you can. Okay. With this right again with this we are going to go ahead and very simply go and see what has happened with our other tasks. So we gave it to create a marketing plan right we asked it to create a marketing plan. Let’s see what it has come back with. This is a marketing plan that it has come back with. But I think right now the only thing that I wanted and that it did not do is I wanted a slide. I wanted a presentation. It has created a content file and pri is asking me to review it before it creates the presentation. Okay, I’m going to ask it convert this into an interactive presentation. Okay, convert this into an interactive presentation because I want to see this. I don’t want to read through massive amount of text because I already don’t understand so much about marketing. Okay, I’m just going to select like you know again fully editable like you know again power presentation in PowerPoint and the reason I’m showing you this is how many of you have built and spend time building a PowerPoint how many of you built a PowerPoint in your life and how many of you have wished that you did not spend the time that you have done in your life to do that how many of you would like you know again yeah how like on a scale of 1 to 10 how much do you enjoy creating PowerPoint point. So 10 being you love to create powerpoints and one being like you know again you would want to do see I am like in the chat there is everyone is at like again someone has written minus one right someone has written minus one right but the idea is the world works like that there is no alternative to it everyone has tried something better the only alternative is to build a powerpoint when you want to present something sadly that’s the only way okay so for Now right the only question that you can actually do right is that build the powerpoint here and you can pick it up from there okay like you know again you will we will ask are unable to build our powerpoint and just go ahead from there because we don’t want to spend time but I still want to see like a marketing plan and you can also remember right again when you’re building this powerpoint you can give it specific direction you can give it specific images that I am selecting from on the templates that it provides. I selected specific images that I liked. You can also give it access to your brand guidelines, your brand colors or something whatever you create. So the PowerPoint that it creates is also in your format because when you’re presenting to a client or when you’re presenting to a customer at that time you will 110% want it to always be editable. At the same time you will want it to be fully completely like you know again in the format of like you know easy to understand and everything else and you can give that all description. I am not doing that just because like you know again we are not being super detailed on this. It’s something that we’re going to use ourselves. But if you’re creating it you can give it that much detail. Now a lot of you are asking like you know can we create a logo? Yes, we can create a logo and I’m going to do that right away. I want you to create a logo for my wealth AI management service. Okay, probably the wrong input. Wealth managers AI service. So that means I’ll be helping wealth managers with their AI services on consulting them on boarding them on different AI tools or helping them like you know build custom workflows. Okay, this is the idea and I’m going to ask you to create a logo. Any colors that we have in mind, I’m just going to say white and gold.
create a logo like Starbucks.
I don’t know why Starbucks but I’m just like you know again that’s what I remember right now. So I’m just going to ask you to create an image right and I’m just going to like you know again press enter. Now the idea is going to be it will go ahead and create an image and that is again a great power because the option is you can always ask it to do anything. Runnable is a complete like you know again it’s a single single tool to do anything that you need. There is no need to find any tool right other than this. If you have this, you can technically do everything. Okay guys, I’m seeing the questions. Some of the questions will be like you know again I’ll answer them. Just give me like you know again some time we will answer. Don’t worry. Okay. I’m just going to put like I don’t know geometric monogram of initials or probably like let me suggest options just okay there’s an existing logo on the website we can update it don’t worry okay so let’s see what comes out and we’ll wait for it and until then we can go ahead and see if our marketing plan has completed it is still working on it we have the website here we have our email addresses The only thing that we need is once we have the logos, we can go ahead and pick it up to actually complete our setup of the initial business and start sending people emails. So coming back and doing a check website done, right? Cold email funnel 50% done. Marketing in progress. Okay, this is where we are. This is where we are on setting up our business. Okay, I will answer your questions. Let’s like until this logo is getting built, let me answer a couple of questions. So, someone asked if you want to like you know again maintain your website and like you know bring these things outside. Can you? Yes, the website can be exported you have the option to do that. If you just come on the website just like again let me just like you know again click on open. You have the option to take the code and you can change it wherever you want. completely up to you. Not going to cover that but it is possible. Okay. Then someone has said like you know again can you ask run to do really anything? Yes you can right? Again it’s completely up to you. It completely depends on what you want it to do and the only thing is and the only request I will have please explain in terms of task so that it will go ahead and create a task. Okay. I’m just going to say build the rest. And you can see everything in Runnable happens one step after another. Okay. Everything happens in Runnable one step after another. And that is how it will be. So you can have and keep doing that. Okay. Now how many credits were used? You can see the credits that are being used on the right hand side. So you can see in a chat how many credits are spent. So right now while building the website we spent around 2,000 credits right offers like around I think uh 10,000 to 20,000 credits right again to get started with right and again from a cost of building the website this is quite literally nothing because it also built the images it also built everything in one shot. So this kind of a website even if you go today to a website designer even if you try claud chart GPT it will cost similar amount of credits it just counts in tokens. So the cost is negligible and also quite okay with like you know what you would spend with the app. Perfect. Let’s click on this. What do you think about what do we think about this logo? Okay. What do we think about this logo? Good? Bad? Okay. Good. Oh, three options. We have three different options actually. Which one do you like? 1 2 3 1 2 3. Which one do you like? Let’s see what’s the consensus. You know that’s the best part about design. There is no consensus. Some have written one, some have written two, some have written three. So I’m just going to pick up two because it just has a shield and probably people will trust us hopefully. Okay. So what we can do is we can download this right. Again we can download this as an image and we can come back here. We can come back here give it this image and ask it please go ahead and add this as a logo for the website.
Yeah, probably like again the spelling of wealth and everything is wrong. Great. You guys have picked that up. But just like you know again you can edit the logo. You can ask it to edit the logo. I’m just showing you an example. Okay. And I still have a lot to show you. Okay. I still have a lot to show you. So, it will update the website, right? And you can ask it to edit it. Now, one more option that you have is very simply, right? You have the option to connect different tools. You have the option to connect different tools in Runnable. For example, the second thing that we want to do after this is to send emails, right? Our logo is ready. Our website is already ready. We are going to send emails. You can connect your Gmail and actually ask it to send emails. Now you can see we already have our Gmail connected right. You have multiple different other tools that are you can connect. You can even connect Excaliraw which is the whiteboard that I use to create all of this. You can use tool like that. You can also connect like you know again different LinkedIn, Reddit, anything that you want completely up to you. And once you connect it, Runnable can go ahead and execute tasks on your behalf. can execute tasks on your behalf. But again, it is up to your choice and your task on what you are doing to use whichever tool you like. I’m not going to connect anything specifically right now. We’re just going to go ahead with Gmail and see a simple example. But you have multiple tools that you can connect to. The idea is that Runnable becomes the last tool for you to use is the goal. That’s what their plan is as a or as a product that you can come here and do everything that you need from a business perspective. So they are focusing a lot on different kind of connectors because you’ll be running a lot of the business on different tools. Okay, perfect. So we have the marketing plan. Let’s see this is our presentation. This is the presentation that it created. I don’t know what do we think about this. Let’s see. Is it fully done? Is it fully done? I’m just going to choose the account if it can open the presentation. Let’s see.
So, it brought me to Google Slides to show me the presentation.
Okay. Okay. Let’s like you know again let’s look at the content also and let’s also look at like you know again how does this presentation look and this is a fully editable presentation just to give you like again I we can edit this so anyone who says like you know again we can’t edit the presentations and anything else don’t worry you can edit it is quite good okay so paid ads can’t be done hosting podcast can’t be done here is the pitch what we will do and everything else this is a presentation for our use this is a presentation for our marketing plan what will we use for marketing. Okay. So this is the presentation for our marketing plan and you can see here we have given quite a bit of detail on how we can target it. This is created for really like you know again to us to understand how our marketing should look like on a scale of 1 to 10 how much time or like like you know just tell me how much time would you take to build a presentation like this with the leave the research. Let’s say you do AI with the research just to design this. How much time do you guys will take? give me an estimate any number of hours you could be like you can be really good at presentation right let’s say the present the research is done by I right around 2 to 4 hours right that’s what I believe like 2 to four hours is what it will to take I’m still telling you that you will use AI for research so everything content comes out from AI but just to design this and make it editable properly right you will take a lot more time and it was done in less than 10 Okay. Again, just to give you an understanding, the reason I’m telling you to compare with your daily life tasks, right, is what it will be needed. Okay. Now, anyone who’s saying like some questions are there about like you know again should we verify this work 110%. You should verify it, right? But can you make Runnable only verified? Yes, we are doing again I’m showing you tasks that you can do at right now. But that still means you should utilize AI in the way that you are already doing right. You will verify the work that it does. You will also be very careful about like you know again asking it to verify with specific sources and stuff like that. So okay so it completely completely depends on how you want to use it. The idea I’m telling you is what is important. The idea is that you spend time in understanding how the tool works which is in a taskdriven format. Perfect. With this we have our marketing plan. We also probably will have like you know again the website added to this. Then last step that we can do and what I want to show you is very simply right for animal we’re going to ask it to create a pitch. I’m creating a business where we’re going to help wealth managers utilize AI. It’s going to be a consulting service where we’ll technically have completely onetoone personal consulting for any kind of work that they have related to I where they want to improve their flows, their admin work and anything else. That is our pitch. I want the pitch to be simple enough. So create a specific pitch for the first three advisers based on their business and how we can help them. Okay. So I’m going to ask you to create a pitch. I’m going to go ahead and ask it to understand from its own understanding what to create and come back there. Okay. Some people asking okay how to like you know again how you want to use different plugins. So one thing that I can tell you is I use like again my favorite plugins just to give you like you know my own example is like you again I use a lot of Google drive, Google sheets and Google calendar which is connected to each and every one of my AI tools right because it can fetch information from my daily work right it fetches the information from my calendar which meetings are coming up and help me with that for other tools it completely depends on what your use cases so for example if you’re using Slack you can connect it right again if you’re using like you know something like Amazon known as a merchant, right? To see how your products are performing or you can also connect like tools like Coinbase if you are trading with cryptocurrency and stuff like that. Completely up to you. So there are so many of these tools. We can’t cover even like you know 10% of it because it is so vast. But you should just look at what your use case is and if that tool exists can you connect with here. Okay good. Now it has already crafted different pitches. Okay. It has already crafted different pitches. I want to see these pitches. So I’m going to say show me the pitch because I don’t want it to do it without me like you know I want to at least verify what it is going to send. And please again verify when you’re sending someone an email ensure to verify and be very clear on what we’re going to do. So let’s look at this.
Hi Robert, I run wealth maven. We work one-on-one with wealth management teams to fold AI into the past. Post runs a lean which usually means the C are also doing a lot of research. Look at how you actually spend a week and set up a workflow things like meeting prep. No generic training. It’s hands- on built around how Post Oak actually operates. On a scale of 1 to 10, let’s rate this email. What do you think on a scale of 1 to 10? Let’s rate this email. Come on.
Team everyone. Come on. What do we think? A solid solid 7 to8, right? Solid 7 to8. Yes, I see. Like most people are like around that solid 7 to8 because the point is like again can it be improved? Yes. But also like again around like we can remove m dashes and stuff and make it a bit more add more details format it a bit more. But for 5 minutes of work that we did pretty good right for pretty good. Okay so again you have the option to send it. I am obviously not going to send them the email right now, right? Because we already have a Gmail connected but you can ask Runnable to create drafts in your email and you can pick it up from there. Okay. Again, completely your choice. We are not going to do that right now because again this is like you know again we already have our Gmail connected and I don’t want to have it flatted with different drafts. Okay, perfect. Now couple of quick features before we switch on and do couple of new things is you can see all the things that you have created in a single place. all the artifacts that you’re creating, the images, the website will be available here. And then you also have a new tool called noteaker which can very simply take notes for your meetings if you wanted to. Okay. And with this we technically have understood what Runnable does. How many of you now understand what you can do with Runnable? So we were able to build a website. We were able to build an email right again setup and we were also able to set up a marketing plan
for the last let’s say like you know an hour amount of work. Do you think we got quite a bit done? Do you think we got quite a bit done? Yes. On a scale of 1 to 10, how much do you think like you know you feel that you could do it more with it in the next 1 hour? If you spend with it, if you spend 1 hour with it, it would be crazy, right? How many more things you can do, right? And funny, we still have we still have something more to cover. So, but I want do you want to share about the code? Oh, yes. Yes. I I I think I’ll just drop it in and I’ll give everyone the background as well. Right. So we came across Runnable as a tool and we at Outskll wanted to teach this incredible platform to all of our learners. So while doing that we also reached out to the team at Runnable and uh we asked them if they could they might want to do something for all of our learners. Of course um to be able to do something for thousands of people it gets very difficult for any of these platforms. But what they have said, yes, uh what what they have said is that they could go ahead and offer the pro plan of Runnable, which actually costs $20 for just $5 for one month for the first 50 people who might want to go ahead and take it. Right. So, Ax, can I just drop in the link right now or or right now? Anybody who thinks this is going to be useful for you, if you want to play around with an AI tool for a month, um, if you want to go ahead and explore, 50 people on this call can go ahead and get the pro plan for just $5. The code is outskill 75. You can just go to Runnable and hit enter outskll 75 and you would go ahead and get it. Yeah, you can continue Ax. Perfect. Awesome. Good. Thanks a lot, Van. And guys, go ahead. have fun like this is like literally a gift. So it’s only for 50 first 50 people but have fun and go set up businesses right you can really really do that right away okay so now we have a website we have a cold email we have a marketing plan that’s quite already a bit but one thing how many of you want to say is going to be the next step I told you that like you know again my friend is building a tool and I’m going to literally share you the secret source of this and uh this is also just to like you know we can show tell you that a lot of like you know again everyone like you know web already showed you all the mentors that come in and everyone else right again a lot of them come in with a lot of real world experiences right that we also try to bring in right again I already have like you know I’ve been part of a couple of accelerator programs and the idea is that like you know again very simply you can utilize this knowledge to actually start implementing stuff so what do you think is one of the biggest problems with wealth managers anyone who was I saw Someone was said that they are a wealth manager. What do you think would be a demand feature for them? What would be something that they would have demanded as a product? Any guesses? Any guesses? Like just just as a fun thing to do? Any guess what do you think would be their one demand as a software product? What is one thing they would have asked for? No, just like again something that they would have asked for. Quite good. Someone really nailed it. I don’t want to reveal the answer right again. But Naomi Naomi Siddiki like again I think they really nailed it right again. So
yes I am seeing some good answers coming in. I don’t want to tell the answers. I want you to put your answers guys. So a lot of people are saying that finding clients and stuff see when like wealth managers like again so for them it’s not just like again advertising services a lot of it is word of mouth right and these are people who have built their businesses so we are not looking at people who are starting their business we’re looking at people who already have an established business that’s when they’ll face problems where they can improve on AI okay someone has writen okay I’m not going to comment on that but someone has written a someone specific Twitter feed so
Tell me one software that a wealth manager would use if you were a wealth manager. What would be one software that you would need? Think about it. Take a minute and then we go ahead and build it wise. Excel. Yeah. Okay. Great. Financial forecasting CRM client accounts CRM tool like Okay. Honestly, like quite a bit of you are close, right? Honestly, it’s just the demand from them is honestly pretty simple. But it’s just sad that there doesn’t exist something CRM plus a client tool. Okay. And like again I’ll explain you this in a second. Okay. The understanding is very simply that you have a CRM plus client tool. So most of the wealth managers challenge is right now they are already and this is someone again think about it okay someone who has been in the business for 3 to 5 years they already have established people they already have a set number of clients and everything else because the way the business used to work it was heavily personalized right a wealth manager can’t say okay you know what invest $100 in the same fund for every person right everyone’s risk appetite is different everyone idea is different everything is different their requirement has been ashett And like you know again I’m putting myself in that shoes of my friend that we just need a place where people can come in and see their current plan. Okay, see their current plan of health management and then second also help them to talk to me easily rather than my assistant coordinating a meeting or I am coordinating a meeting with my old clients on a WhatsApp or a iMessage or something right? I just want to like you know get that done. And you can think about it. It’s a super simple solution, right? It’s not difficult. But the challenge is they want it customized for them. They’re like a I don’t use a CRM that everyone else is using. I use this random CRM that I signed up for and I’m using it. I don’t want to change it. I don’t want to go ahead and like you know again get some new CRM. I want a client tool. That is where you I need help. And that is the true goal. Now what is a client tool? You guys would have heard about wealth dashboards, right? Wealth management dashboards. like and I’ll show you an image it will be easier. Okay, this is like and this is such a like you know again like best thing is there is so many designs about it. I think some of you also might have it for yourself from your bank or something where you can see your net worth right people have you seen some version of it where you can see your different bank accounts and like stuff and like that I think a lot of people across the world have some version of it. Yes. Now think about it from the alternative angle. A wealth manager has to wants to see this because you have given them access for hundreds of people for hundreds of people and the only way for them to do right now is only two to three. There are either very expensive softwares which for a independent wealth manager or like a small firm like a 10 20 30 people firm doesn’t make sense or there are only way is your well-renowned tool that works across the world Excel Excel is a business in itself Excel is a business in itself right again okay so they obviously want something different just for this tool just for this tool they’re ready to spend just something where the clients can themselves come input their details or we can scan their bank receipts and stuff and automatically do that. Would you be interested? Let’s build this tool. Let’s build a software that can do this. Yes, let’s wipe code something. Yes, we’ll have fun. We are clear with what we’re trying to do, right? We’re going to try to build a software where clients for the wealth manager where the user I’m just like you know let me bring you and explain you here user right who is a client for the wealth manager right
can share their financial information.
Okay. So this will be a two tool two two parts of this. First the user will be able to see their details and second the wealth manager will also be able to see their details. Okay simple enough simple enough to understand. Just think it like you know in your bank account you see your details and the bank whoever like you know the receptionist if you go to a bank branch can also see that when needed and the same way we’ll build this. Okay similar some we’ll create something like this. This is a good idea. We’ll create something like this but for both a user and also the wealth manager so they both can see the details in the easy format. Clear? Now the question is do you understand that this solves a real problem? This is an actual problem. This is something that someone has come up with right and the idea is very simply we are going to build a tool which is going to solve this problem. Okay, good to go. Are we clear with the problem? Everyone, I want like a massive yes in the chat. We’re going to build this tool and we’re going to ensure that like you know again a wealth manager can use it and also a user can use it to actually input their financial information that people can take up. Perfect. Let’s go to how many of you have heard of this amazing tool called Lovable? How many of you have used this amazing tool called Lovable? How many of you know about this? Yes, everyone. Yes.
Okay. So, if you’ve not used it, if you have not used it, you are in for a treat. If you have not heard about it, I envy you because you are going to have the time of your life. We’re going to build a software right in front of us and we’re just going to ask AI to do it and we’ll we’ll host it and I’m going to give you like a proper software that you can use right now. Okay? I’m going to give you a proper software that we can use right now. So let’s get started. Lovable works in the same way as any tool. It’s just has a chat and we’ll just ask you to build things. Okay. So let’s go ahead. I want you to build a wealth management software where technically we want two particular interfaces to be available. one where a user can come in and input their wealth management details which is around their income, their different amount of like you can say their net worth in different stocks in crypto or in any other different kind of assets. So they should have options for at least six to seven different asset classes where they can put in how much they have right now, what is their current worth and everything else. In addition to this, they should also be able to see their dashboard properly. Okay, they should be able to see their dashboard properly which should technically have information about the total combined assets and also graphs that can make it easy to analyze their growth of the portfolio. The second part of this tool is going to be for a wealth manager where a wealth manager can see different portfolios whenever they want to because these are people that are their clients and they should be able to review this data. They can also be able to recommend give recommendations for the client to execute on. The tool should have like you know again data available in a secure format and also easy to fill. So this shouldn’t feel like you know again something super difficult to do and make sure the interface looks pretty minimalistic and use studio gibli style colors so that it looks light on eyes and also feels fun to fill in. Okay, simple prompt. I’ve given it some colors also. I’ll show you the kind of color styles I want. Right. And I’m going to name the tool. The name of the tool is wealth maven. Okay. So I’m going to like you again come here. We’re going to choose build and we’re going to press enter. On the question can this be built and runnable is the answer is yes. Yes. But for Lovable, it’s one of the most probably one of the most interesting tools also and also one of the most highquality tools available to build softwares. And the reason we are showing this is so that you understand if you were doing this because you remember you are trying to build a service for a wealth manager which means a wealth manager can come and ask you to build custom software. build custom software which could be anything which could be as simple as like you know again a simple place to add notes whatever like I’m just giving a stupid idea okay right a simple place to add notes and that is the plan if you need to know how to build custom software it won’t make sense to use Runnable at that time because Runnable will be used for your particular business for your business and to manage that and everything Lovable you can use to run multiple projects and multiple different softwares and that is the most important part. Different tools serve different purpose. So if you want to be an AI generalist you need to understand different tools and the reason we are showing lovable is because it’s one of the most first of all it’s one of the biggest software startups in the world that is growing right now in AI space. They have made an extremely tremendous amount of growth in the last 2 to three years and you can just understand once you see the tool on how many things it can do much more than Runnable for building specifically custom softwares. Okay. Okay. Let’s see like it’s going to take like again the first build takes most of the time around 5 to 10 minutes right again that’s the amount of time it takes. Okay. So let me like you know again if you have any questions feel free to put them in the chat right now so I can answer some of them. But the idea is that you can build quite a bit with lovable. Just to give you an understanding people are making I think like some of the agencies like you know that have grown are making a million dollars plus annually just building softwares using lovable. just building software using lovable they are making up to a million dollars a month and let like you know just to verify the claims million dollar agencies I’ll literally like you know show you on Google right people are actually making you can see like you know again there are agencies that are making $1.200,000 to $100,000 a month using Larvable. And the reason is very simply because it’s one of the best tools to build custom software and it is better to use this to build software specifically to build actual products. Runnable is great for building things for yourself, for your specific business, not for like you know again not for something that like you know when you want to build for 10 clients or 15 clients that is the difference. Runnable is great for your business to build tools for yourself and lovable is much better for building tools for other businesses. I hope that understanding is clear.
Okay. Can you apply this for real estate? You can apply this for any use case. I will give you my personal example just like you know again we can’t share a lot right again there are things that we I can’t share I can’t share like you know until like you know we like you know in a massive session like this but the simple understanding is people are making an insanely good amount of money with AI because a lot of people who want the services right a lot of people who want these services technically don’t want to spend time perfecting or learning that tool. That is the reality. Okay, just to give you like until the website is getting built, I’m going to tell you the reality why we need more and more people across the world. Okay, so lovable anyone can build websites. Okay, anyone can build websites and softwares using it. Okay, this is the reality. There is no change in this. But not everyone can build good websites and software. Okay, this is the only thing that you need to understand. Learning lovable, learning any kind of tool is requirement is just this building things good, building things in high quality is important and people are utilizing this service for actually getting people who are good. So if you learn how to use lovable you can sell this as a service in our tool like a wealth manager but also to other clients because people need people who are good at this tool and slowly and steadily you will be able to upscale that the more you use it. I will answer the questions around like you know again security controls right again give me like you know towards like you know give me some time I’ll answer them because I’ll give you a detailed answer on that. Okay. So, Lovable, right? Again, you can look like, you know, lovable.dev. It’s that’s the it’s also lovable. They also got lovable.com now. So, it’s called lovable.com and you can find it.
We don’t have any coupon code for this right now, guys. Like again, okay, perfect. So, let’s see. It will probably like again it does take the first build does take some time, right? again but for that I’ll just say remember this when you are building it and like you know again keeping this in mind and lovable helps you like you know again level helps you build a complete software where you can also add the payment gateway you can add a database everything you don’t need to worry about anything else and it is managed the best part about loable is they host your software also they take care of hosting they take care of everything and literally everything is done by them and you can see we already have our website available Well, okay. We already have our website available. What do you think about design? Does it look nice? Does it look nice? Scale of 1 to 10, this is the homepage.
What do you think? Yes. Yes. 8 9. This is a solid nine, right? This is solid nine. I I quite like it. Like, you pretty nice. Very beautifully done. doesn’t make finance look like you know again like you know again super difficult. It’s something that we can do. Now let’s go to create my portfolio. Let’s test our website first. Okay, let’s test our website if it is even working. That is the first thing. So it’s asking us to sign in. So I’m just going to put in like a random email.
I’m going to create an account.
create my account. It’s okay.
I’m just creating an account. Password is too. I’m just going to add a password. Guys, these are the things that I hate like you know again lovable just does all of these like you know again quite literally like you know these things very nicely but sometimes the password is something that was not available. So, I’m just going to take the password and put it in.
Okay. I don’t want to I don’t want to confirm the email. I’m just going to ask it to like, you know, again, get rid of all of these things. Wait. So, just to give you an idea, it has already added authentication. It has already added authentication on this app. Imagine this authentication if nobody like if you don’t know how difficult it was like this is probably the thing that used to take probably like a day for most engineers like literally a day no matter what how good you are it will take that I’m just going to allow it to like you know use Google and come here let’s see if I can create an account with Google and just do this I hate this like you know again that there is no way to go in without actually selling okay let me do this properly. Don’t send me a lot of emails people. There will be I am very bad at replying. Okay, I’m just going to paste this. I’m going to create this account.
Okay, I’m going to verify my email in a second.
Is we’ll take we’ll take a break. Don’t worry. just like you know let’s just complete the like you know the software and we’ll do it
okay we got a confirmation email I confirmed on it
good to go now should be able to sign in perfect we have the application that is built so now you can actually add assets I’m just going to add some assets I’m just going to add let’s say I have $100 that I invested $50. I have some real estate which is also worth a,000 let’s say $10,000. I invested $3,000. Okay. And you can do lot with other things but you have a dashboard that can show your net worth and your different asset classes that are invested. And that is what we wanted right. We have a simple tool which can like you know again where you can look at your different options and where we can see okay this is a dashboard this is what we have and everything else. Okay, we have a simple tool. What do you think? Pretty simple. Pretty good to go. Does it serve the purpose that we were trying to do? Okay. What do you think? Does it serve the purpose? Yes. You know what? I can actually I am I’m going to like you know do another alternative. I’m just going to ask it remove the authentication. I don’t want to remove now because one more thing that yes, we need to see the wealth manager side and we’re going to do that. So I’m going to go to wealth maven. I’m going to go to I am a wealth manager. I’m going to take a temporary email which is going to be y mail. I’m just going to take a disposable email address.
Okay. So I’m just going to take this axiatmail
to sign in create with wealth manager.
I’m going to use the same password. I’m going to say ashhat and we can click on create my account. It will ask me to confirm my account because obviously we have got a verification email right and this is the understanding right. Again you guys have got everything in one shot. You have got a very like it has already built authentication. It has already built the back end of it. You don’t need to worry about any of this. That is the most important part about it that you need to understand that in one shot it was able to do all of this. Okay. So now this is the wealth manager dashboard. This is the wealth management dashboard that you can already created couple of we clients for me whoever has signed in and I can click on Axhat and see his assets. I can click on Autis and I can also send a recommendation to him that your exposure has increased or your stocks are down you should change this or something whatever. I’m not a wealth manager so I’m not going to recommend that. But this kind of a software can take so much effort away from my brain. Instead of mailing every time that I have to change something, I can look at my clients automatically. I can literally look at my clients in one place. Does this make sense? Does this make sense? Yes. No.
Yes. Now, how many of you want to sign up for this? How many of you want to sign up for this app right now?
How many of you want to sign up for this app? How difficult do you think it will be to publish and make this app sign up?
Okay, very simply, you’re going to click on publish button on the right hand side. Going to click on publish button on the right hand side. I’m going to change the name to wealth maven ax just because I think that will be available and good to go. I’m going to click on publish. I’m going to click on publish and I want you all to sign up. I want you to try like you’ll have to like you know you’ll have to sign in and you’ll have to like you know again also verify your email and please like you know again don’t put your real data right now. I’m just just put in your fund data. You can I’ve put in the email like the link on the chart and you can see how easy it is going to be to sign in.
I’m going to give you two minutes and then I have some questions. Let’s see. Let’s see how many of you sign in. I will actually as a wealth manager I’ll be actually able to see how many of like you know again have you a few have signed in
you can go ahead and sign in like I’ll probably like you know again I’ll refresh in a couple of seconds and you’ll be able to so the best part is this is completely everything is already hosted everything is already hosted on the love platform they already take care of everything right and Uh it sets up everything is set up. Okay, it like again every when I say everything is set up everything is actually set up. So
will you delete the app from lovable? Not after the session. Not exactly after the session. Don’t worry. So
can you take the app out of lovable and host it somewhere else? Yes, you can. But I would also think why do why would you want to do that? So
let’s see if I can create
I can see all all how many of you have like again signed up. Look at this like again just the amount of people have signed up. You can update a bit of network. So I can see we can add like again something like again at least stranger like whoever has signed up. You guys can see so many people have signed up and I have every data here. So let’s see if someone has updated their network. I’ll be able to see something. So yeah.
All right. Now how much time do you think it would have taken a team of engineers like even two to three engineers to build this imagine like just like today even to build this right again how I think quite a bit of you signed up right again and you’re updating yeah the signin works obviously like someone has written oh my god the signin works yes the signin works the data works someone has like $300 million right again which is great congratulations and I can like you can see like you know again in real time data being updated. The data being updated in real time. Okay. And like you know again obviously like you know again you can see this like you know again someone has written testing Joe someone has $75 million. Crazy, right? Again and you can see like you know people have input in different commodities and everything else. Okay now let tell me okay a lot of you have signed up and the best part this is a live app. This is a live database. This is everything is actually stored and hosted in a single place and that is where you can actually see on you can see the code the file that exist in a single place and you also have like you know again all the things that you can see. So look at the visitors how many visitors like again we have like and this is still getting updated so there will be a lot more like again coming in one after the other and you can see how many credits are being used. We are not using AI on right now in the tool right you can add payments you can add you also can see the database the database already hosted in superbase and everything already there so remember one thing and answer me this question how much time do you think it would have take you now to build a software how much time do you think it would take you now to build a software a lot of you have signed up you can see this and I can also search based on
If you were doing this even with claude or chart GPT and everything else, how many of you you would have to learn so many things. You will have to ask AI to do so many things. You’ll have to ask it to set up a database. You’ll have to ask it to set up a sign in. I can tell you as an engineer myself setting up a signup or a sign-in used to be the worst thing that I had to do because every time I’ll miss some step and I probably I was a bad engineer like you know in pre AAI era but it was all and every engineer like you know setting up authentication was a crazy time and this is what you need to understand you are able to build software like this in seconds in quite literally seconds. Okay. Signups are nightmares. Exactly. Right. Again. And so what I want you to understand right again that you have been able to build a software in the first version of it. You can improve 100 things on it. Okay. This is nowhere close. But it took us a single prompt to build it. Okay. This was took us a single prompt to build. Just don’t forget that a single prompt. It took around 10 minutes for it to get built. We have been testing it for the last 15 minutes and we have been able to get people to sign up actually work use our app and get an understanding. Someone has given their net worth as I can’t even pronounce this. So whatever that net worth is like again crazy super good for you right again so that is where like you know again you understand how much solution level provides this. Okay, now I will answer some questions that you have about like you know security and stuff but what do you think now you can go ahead and build software after this? Do you think you can build software?
Yes. Yes. Right. You can build extremely great amounts of this is just an example. This is a real problem that I’m we are trying to solve for a couple of clients right again that my friend has an agency for and that is where you understand right again that what needs to be done right this is the kind of skills that you need to learn on how to build things these are the kind of things that you need to learn on how to actually improve this is something that you can look in your area go to a wealth manager go to another business that you are so someone mentioned real estate whatever business you have I can tell you there is an infinite demand for software that I can assure you with. There is an infinite demand for software because just to give you an idea, okay, and just to be very very real here, how many of you use Uber?
How many of you use Uber? Anyone here who does not have who hasn’t used the version of it? Maybe like you have something in your else in your country, right? You have used Uber once in your life probably, right? Do you feel there is one feature that Uber can add and help you? Is there one feature that can help you that they should add? This is for you. I don’t want to know the feature. Do you think there is one feature that will help you whatever like there could be one feature that you have? Yes. No.
Yes. One feature, right? One feature that you can add. Correct. whatever like I don’t want to know the feature there could be something that you want okay and if you feel the answer to that is yes that there is one feature that they can add whatever that is one feature they can improve add whatever you need to understand that until we as humans like literally I’m talking about the whole world until the point we can’t get to the software cohort of one that means every software is built for you as a person. So every software is built for Axhat. Until we get to that point, there will be an infinite demand for people to build custom software, build custom AI workflows, build customized things because nobody wants to use something created for someone else. In business, this is more true. As consumers, we don’t have choice. So we select what we have. Okay? So really that is the case. We as consumers have to choose because there is not everyone is not building for us as businesses they people don’t care people like we are ready to pay someone come and build things for us so build things at a custom level forever and just to give you an idea there is a whole world of like IT services that you probably know about like companies like you know again TCS that are super famous right across the world that you can actually build they already built build for businesses. You can go ahead and start building software for a local business, whatever that business is. Go to a beauty parlor in your area which makes like $100,000 probably every 3 months and tell them I’ll charge you $3,000 every 3 months. And here is a custom software that handles your bookings, payments, and everything in a single place. Use every other tool. Use your payments company whichever they’re using and just bring it in a single place. Nobody wants to do admin work. Nobody want wakes up every day and says, “Okay, yeah, I get to see an Excel sheet today.” If you do that, you probably either have a very cool job or you probably enjoy that. Okay, that’s the only answer. But anyone like you know again is people want custom software. So I’m going to teach you the last two to three things on what you need to do that right again on how you can take steps more on lovable. We’ll start with security, right? I’ll give you a bit of brief on security. We can’t spend like complete like you know again understanding every part of the security and then I’ll tell you how you can do that. But please keep the principle in mind. The principle of how software will be needed, how much of it will be needed is the important part. Okay. So let’s come back to lovable and I’m going to tell you a couple of things. First, if you want to make any kind of edits, any kind of things, you can just ask Lovable. It literally works like any other AI tool in the world, just ask it to do. For example, make the sign-in button color as red. Leave everything as it is. Okay? Just just to show you just just to show you an example. Just ask it. It will change it. Okay? That’s it. Second, from a security perspective, everything is hosted on a company called Superbase. Okay? It’s a company called Superbase. Some of you might know it, some of you might not. But the idea is that this is available as like it’s a very popular software used by engineers, companies across the world to host your database, websites, everything. Okay? So, it’s a pretty cool like you know pretty famous software, massive organization, right? Again, so your data is pretty secure. In addition to that, they also give you access to everything. So your cloud is where you can see your database, your structures and everything else. And you can go ahead and change it as you want. Okay, you can go ahead and change it as you want. Completely up to you, completely on your goal. And you can also go ahead and like you know again get a storage change. You can ask it to add emails, secrets, everything. My suggestion is you don’t need to manage this. Only do this if you are really needing to do this because to migrate it and do everything. It’s easy if you have done it one or two times. If you’re doing it for the first time, expect that it will take you a couple of days to migrate it. Okay. To migrate it into a different company. Yeah. Is it better than cloudfare to get started? Yes. Like reality is that. So you create in lovable everything and the one thing that I really I’m glad someone asked everything that you need to pay for is managed via lovable. If you just want to stick to lovable, you can just pay here in a single place. They automatically create the bill. They charge you for whatever the usage is and you can just simply like you know again use lovable to manage everything. So you can add AI to it which means like you know you can add a feature where people can ask about their net worth right automatically and they can like you know again ask about that using AI and then it will charge you for the AI credits. So everything that you want you want to add payment. So someone as a wealth manager wants to sign up they can just pay a subscription fees and you can connect that using stripe or anything else. Okay. Now coming to security. One of the best things that are available in lovable is that they already they already manage a security on the technical level. You can see they already have told me there are already these things that are problem and you can just click on this and fix them. you just click on this and fix them and it will keep doing this as every time you add features it runs a security scan. Okay. So the best thing is if you want to manage security from a perspective of technology they already do it for you. In addition to this if you want compliance related security you can also ask it to focus on that and create that based on the recommendations that are provided by compliance companies like sock 2 or anything else. And then you also have the option to give this like a custom domain and also ask it to rank on Google and stuff. Okay, that is pretty much it. Lovable is like a one-stop shop for building software and they have made it super easy to build everything. Okay, it can be used for everything. You can build an app and you can host also on it. Okay. Is there an AI tool such as Lable that sits on top of AWS? Not right now because Lable is a separate company. But yeah, if you’re making this for a company who manages software errors. Yeah, I I’m not sure about if that is a question. Okay. Does it make sense? So, Lovable, again, just to give you a quick reminder, Lovable can allow you to build apps,
manage software, also scale your software to millions of users. You don’t need to worry about this. Can I get a unique domain name? Yes, you can. You all have to purchase it. See domain names are paid for because everyone in the world has to pay for it to a like there’s a whole marketplace for domain. So you have to pay for it. There’s no other option. Okay.
Okay. That is the idea. You can ask it to do anything. You can ask it to change anything and you can do everything in a single place. How many of you now can build a software with loveable and tell me the name of the software that you’ll build in the chat. How many of you can build a software with lovable and what will you build?
Calorie app tracker. Okay. Who’s my driver? Someone has written. Okay. Amazing. Med first
meal plan.
Watch over. find my food truck.
Okay, perfect. You guys have a lot of ideas, right? I can see like again some have written like you know bio for dummies. I would love to like you know again I would love to learn a good amount of biology but I have not had the time to spend on it. So yeah understanding is you have learned two of the key things today. Okay, just to tell you and then just a quick last recap on this. You first learned Li Ranable which allows you to build and grow a business.
Then we use Lovable to actually build a product that you can sell.
But the most important thing that I want you to remember is that you learned AI can do anything. Yes or no? Do you think answer to this is AI? Is there how many of you can say that you have learned something new that you can do today that you were not able to? Yes. I have given you a problem that is actually being solved by a business for a business. You can actually go ahead and start building a product. Go ahead and actually start selling it. You can apply this model to any business that you know about, any business that you are aware about, right? And that is the power of understanding how to use AI, understanding how to use these things. And this is just a glimpse of what you will learn with other things that are available with the road map that Weber van team has shared. So you can pick it up on that. The idea is that you have learned the mindset that is there first and now you have to start building on top of it. You can start learning about it. We cover a lot more in depth right in the 14-day course in the other courses and everything else and that’s there right again and funny and team have already told you a lot about it. But the idea is that remember using AI and using AI in the right process right I’ll tell you just one last story before we complete I interview people on a daily basis for the team as AI engineers right again we try to hire AI engineers I was recently interviewing someone with around four four and a half years of experience right this is someone like you know who has knowledge about worked in like again this is someone who is interviewing for a position that is AI engineer. Okay, they have come back right and they came back and said I asked them simple questions around what is a skill and what is an agent like in engineering terms explain me the answer was I don’t know any of these terms not even that I have used them or I know about them the answer was I don’t even know these terms and this is someone who is actually like you know again coming and preparing for that interview right so when people think right again and whenever if someone says like you know I already so much is happening. We have not even scratched the surface. And if you are here sitting here in this session, you are already learning a lot. Your job is to now go ahead and apply that. Okay? And that is what you need to really really really focus on because AI can do everything. You just need to know how to harness these tools. So really pick that up and I hope you go back and utilize this mindset utilize these tools to build that stuff because it’s one thing to know things it’s another thing to apply and between this everything is made. So if you are the one who keeps applying learning and learning and applying together that’s what we do and that is the best thing that like you know again at outskill that we want to ensure with right it’s not only like learn these things but also how to apply that this is a real business problem one of you I am sure will take this and go ahead and sell it to a business and make whatever x amount of dollars euros wherever you are okay so go ahead take that have fun with it this has been like you know again a pleasure to do this and I hope you had fun and funny. It’s over to you. Incredible. A thank you so much. I absolutely loved looking at all of these messages on the chat box all throughout. Folks, we are very excited for all of you to go ahead and start your building journey. It’s going to be incredible as you build these products and put them out on the internet. But Akad, thank you so much for being here at this hour and leading this entire session. I’ll take it forward from here. Thanks a lot. See you. Bye. See you. Bye-bye.
All right, everyone. With that, we come to the end of VIP coding. And I’m absolutely loving the messages that are coming in on the chat. Now I let me quickly share my screen and show you all the resources that you’re going to be walking away with today. Quickly sharing my screen. I will be dropping in this Google Drive link on the chat very very soon once I explain what this Google Drive folder has and you will all be getting access to this Google Drive folder for all of you to keep. And by the way, the the the day one is coming to an end. At this point of time, we of course have a few more announcements to go ahead and make. All of you since you have gone ahead and completed day one, could you all go ahead and clap for yourselves, clap for each other? Because when we got started, we had thousands of people and I saw the number come down as the day went by. Of course, many people all throughout the day mentioned that a lot of the things that you were seeing were quite overwhelming, right? We saw agents at play. We saw tools like Runnable, we went ahead and built a product. Many of you kept mentioning that you know things are getting overwhelming. You didn’t imagine that AI could be doing so many things. I’m also very excited for all of the people who have gone ahead and joined the accelator program. It’s going to be a fun ride. But you know if you have felt overwhelmed that’s absolutely fine because that’s also a message that you have learned something new and you’re going to be walking away with all of these resources. I’ll quickly go ahead and run you through it. Right. So in the first session today like a recap for all of you we learned how we could go ahead and build our own AI employee. We did this majorly on claude and we also went ahead and learned how prompting works and everything around it. All of the notes from the session are put up in this particular document. Right? So what I would want all of you to do is to spend time on this document go through all of the steps and also we have added all of the levels that we spoke about the five different levels that we spoke about. We we have gone ahead and added that right here so that you can go deep into it. Now some of these levels we are also going to be covering them tomorrow as a bonus day. I’m going to reveal that very soon. So hang around and you have a couple more bonuses coming your way. Right. So all of the five different levels that Webuff spoke about are all right here. You could go ahead and read through all of this. Then again, all of the different tools that we spoke about in the very first session, all of that has also been put up right here. So this is the document from session one and then we learned wipe coding and you have the entire file on wipe coding as a recap for you to go through. And here you could of course go ahead and either use a lovable or either use a runnable or any of the applications whatsoever. Right? But this document will teach you or give you a summary of everything that you have learned in this particular session. Along with that, we’re giving you a bonus workbook. This bonus workbook is for you to go ahead and build and run your own business. By the way, um you know the I I really did not expect that all of the runnable codes will just run out. We had opened we had gotten the opportunity to open only 10 coupon codes for the annual plan and as soon as I dropped the code I think 10 people just went ahead and took it and the code stopped working for a lot of people and as Akshhat was taking his entire session a lot of you have been asking why the code was not working. So what I did was I ended up pinging their team once again and we opened up we opened up 15 more slots not for the annual plan. Of course we can’t do it for the annual plan at this point of time but we are doing it for the monthly plan. So some of you who have been mentioning that the code has been failing which is outskill 75 you can go ahead and try it out right now. You should be able to go ahead and apply it. I just tried it and it was working once again because they had opened up 15 more applications of this.
Yeah, Teresa I know I understand but the uh annual plans are done at this point of time but when you go into Runnable if you click on upgrade and you go into the monthly section and click on get pro this is where you can go ahead and apply the outskill 75 coupon code. I’m sharing the document. Give me a quick second. I’m sharing the document. So, here is where you could go ahead and apply outskill 75. There are 15 more applications, probably 14 more at this point of time, and this will become $5 for the first month. And then you could continue to use Runnable from then on, right? Um, so this is a document that we are also giving you. It’s a workbook with all of the steps for you to build and run your own business, right? So, build, grow, and scale. These are the three things that you get to do. You could also use the um, you know, free ad credits that Runnable essentially gives you for you to be able to start running ads on the pro digital products that you’re going ahead and building. And this document covers all of the steps that you could take to go ahead and build essentially that. So, everybody who has stayed until now is going to walk away with this drive link. There you go. Dropping it in on the chat. There you go. That is the Google Drive link. All of you are walking away with these three documents right now. I have one other thing that I have to give you, which is Give me a second. Let me pull up the link of that. There you go.
So this is the road map that webhub web had spoken about and this is a road map that we are going to go ahead and give to all of you with the hope that you will execute irrespective of whether you have been able to join the accelerator program or not. Of course, not everybody gets an opportunity to join the accelerator program, but everybody else for you to continue in this AI learning journey, we are giving you the road map. When you go into this particular portal, you will be able to find all of the five different levels. These levels of course are evolving basis, you know, all of the new advancements that are happening, right? And inside of each of these levels, what is it that you need to focus on? Let’s say level one the foundations extremely important for all nontechnical people to pick up what are the resources that can help you in level one right and you know the true way in which we went about learning AI learning generative AI and actually applying it building multiple solutions is actually by going through resource research papers rather than just learning tools rather than just you know watching YouTube videos. So these are the research papers that we are going ahead u and giving all of you access to. Of course these are not created by us but this is a library of resources that we went about building which is essentially what we teach in all of our programs as well. So this entire road map is being given to all of you with the hope that you will continue to learn on your own. All the resources that you need to learn everything is put up right here. All of these links are all you can go ahead open it up and explore completely. Right? So this road map, let me go ahead and drop it in. You’re all going to have access to this particular road map for not for any uh you know limited period of time. You are going to continue to have access to it and this road map gets updated as well. So you can keep revisiting this particular uh space every single month based on all of the new updates that are coming out. Now I also understand um you know that we ran out of seats for the accelerator program and you know when we gave the break quite a lot of you went ahead and emailed our support team regarding the accelerator program. That is when we went ahead and checked for all the duplicate payments. There were three duplicate payments that essentially came in for the accelator program and all of the three people who had made a duplicate payment for the accelator program you are I mean of course our team will go ahead and refund you immediately but as a result we opened up those three slots once again. So anybody who feels that you know um you could not go ahead and join the accelerator program earlier because we ran out of seats you could go ahead and try right now. If you go ahead and block it in right now, you get access to the entire accelator program that was spoken about at the same special I mean flash offer that we went ahead and did. Right. Let me quickly show you everything that you will be getting access to as part of the accelator program. There you go. People who have already joined in, I already welcomed you and I announced your names as well. And over the course of the next 24 hours, our team will get in touch with you one-on-one. Um, all of the others who probably missed out on this earlier and have been asking for it. There you go. You get 100 hours, 100 plus hours of training, which is the 14 days of accelerator program. Uh along with that you get the 48 hour live buildathon, the AI content library, the Kyros business fellowship, the AI monetization mastery, 55 plus live sessions over the next one year, which are basically the Q&A sessions that we spoke about, all of the bonus tools that you can see right here. The coupon codes of all of them is what you will be getting. You will also get access to the monthly AI sprints, the AI community, the premium newsletter, and the AI mentor. These of course are the latest editions that we have made and uh the AI mentor is in fact being built at this point of time with transcripts of more than 150 plus hours of content that we have gone ahead and recorded in each of the courses inside the content library. So that’s close to,000 plus hours of content. All of that transcript is what we are feeding into the AI mentor. But yes, this is everything folks for today. Uh what we’re going to be doing is we’re going to be closing out all of these offers today itself which is um the offer of the runnable code and also the accelator program. But tomorrow we would be coming back for day two of the mastermind and tomorrow we are going to be learning about image and video generation and also how we could build our own automations as well. Image and video generation is going to be quite exciting. Uh you will be learning how you will be learning how uh you can go ahead and generate ads probably teasers probably movie trailers as well. The entire movie industry is completely sh seeing a shift at this point of time because of diffusion models. And I’m sure all of you have gone ahead and played with OpenAI’s diffusion models and also Google’s diffusion models. But there are a lot more. And we’re going to be learning about platforms like Korea which are all rappers which support multiple different diffusion models inside of them. We’re going to be going from text to image generation, image generation to video generation, and we’re going to be building out an entire ad together. And then we’re going to be learning automations as well. So, it’s going to be a very exciting day tomorrow. And the details of tomorrow will be sent to all of you over email and also WhatsApp. If you have completed today, yeah, if you’re not able to join, uh you will still have the resources be uploaded on the same Google Drive link that I’ve shared on the chat. I can go ahead and drop it in once again for those of you who are asking for it. Give me a quick second. Yeah, this is the Google Drive link. Perfect. I’m just going to take a quick look at the chat. Um okay.
Harvard, that’s absolutely fine. Um,
I hope things are better right now, but that’s absolutely fine. I love the fact that you are continuously learning and you’re getting an opportunity to learn from outskll multiple times. Folks, one other thing that I would really really advise everybody to go ahead and do is to go ahead and um you know write a post not for us but for yourself on any platform whatsoever, right? Take that step because you learned a lot today. You spent more than 8 hours more than seven to almost seven plus hours today learning generative AI and not many people are doing that at this point of time. Go ahead, try and summarize all of the things that you saw today, all of the things that you learned today and your and the way your perspectives might have shifted. If your perspectives have kind of shifted, give me a thumbs up. If you feel that you are now thinking slightly differently to how you were thinking when the day got started, right? Or probably yesterday. If your thoughts have fundamentally shifted based on all of the things that you have seen today, go ahead, pen that down. and also mention that on you know the internet so that people know that you’re putting in the effort the time that is required for you to go ahead and get exposed to AI a lot of people in fact go ahead and do that you will also be getting a certificate once you complete the entire mastermind um you know when you just go to LinkedIn and when you type out skill right a lot of people who have learned from us these are the kind of posts that they go ahead and put out and they mention all the things that they have gone ahead and learned by putting up their certificate as well. This we have seen brings traffic to people, connects people to other like-minded AI enthusiasts and also brings opportunities to people as well. Many consulting and internship opportunities, people really got it just by going ahead and talking about what they learned. Right? So this is not just from outskill. anything that you’re ever learning, you know, any new observation that you’re having on a on on an everyday basis, make it a habit to go ahead and uh, you know, pen that down. What I do today is I have a project um you know a chipity project that I have created for myself and anything new that I’m you know seeing or any new thought that comes to my mind on the uh fly I just go ahead and speak it out inside that project and all of those thoughts sort of get collected and I just you know sometimes sit down you know on the weekend whenever I have time and go through all of the thoughts that I’ve had because these could be ideas that you can work on these could be things that you could go ahead and share with your team members, right? So, you could use AI in all of these interesting ways um rather than storing everything within yourself if you are allowing yourself to do so. So, go ahead and make this a practice, a conscious one that too that you’re going ahead and talking about what you’re learning and you know um the opportunities that you’re essentially getting as well. But yes, I think with that we pretty much come to the end of the entire day.
We will not be able to provide the recordings of this directly due to tech issues and tech limitations as well. Yeah, I’m not sure if the runnable codes are working anymore, but the code is outskill 75 in case anybody is trying. Yes, perfect. I’m loving the messages that are coming in on the chat. But I think with this we will conclude for the day and we will see you again tomorrow um for day two of the mastermind. Yeah.
Perfect. Thank you so much everyone. Bye. Take care. Have a great evening. Yes.